Michael Wynn's Occult Reference Library
THE PLANE,THE PLANES

Return to Occult Library Index

0 0

phere of fertility and lunar 67 imagery. it is identified with witchcraft and goddess worship. it is also the so-called animal soul, known by qabalists as nephesch. malkuth: the tenth emanation of the tree of life. malkuth is associated with the gods and goddesses of the earth, especially persephone, proserpina, and geb. malkuth is the domain of the manifested universe, the immediate environment, the plane of physical reality. as a consequence, all inner journeys of consciousness begin symbolically in malkuth. it is particularly appropriate, for example, that the myth of the rape of persephone confirms her both as queen of the underworld and as a lunar goddess. from an occult point of view, the underworld equates with the lower unconscious mind, and the moon, represented by the sphere of y

1 10 INITIATION CEREMONY

s not stand in front of him. hiero: frater, as in the grade of neophyte, you came out of the world to the gateway of hidden knowledge, so in this grade you pass through the gateway and come into the holy place. you are now in the court of the tabernacle, where stood the altar of burnt offering, whereon was offered the sacrifices of animals, which symbolized the qlippoth or evil demons who inhabit the plane contiguous to and below the material universe. dad: makes cross in air with censer, and censes neophyte in silence with three forward swings. hiero: between the altar and the entrance into the holy place, stood the laver of brass wherein the priests washed before entering the tabernacle. it was the symbol of the waters of creation. stol: makes cross with water on neophyte's forehead and

ABRAMELIN1

od or evil, of spiritual beings. i will, therefore, only state briefly and concisely the principal differences between angels, elementals, and devils. we may then conclude that angels, though themselves divided into numerous orders and classes, possess generally the following characteristics: that they are entirely good in nature and operation, the conscient administrators of the divine will upon the plane of the material universe; that they are responsible, not irresponsible agents, and therefore capable of fall; and that they are independent of the currents of the infinite secret forces of nature, and can therefore act beyond them, though their classification and qualities will cause them to be more sympathetic with certain among these forces than with the rest, and this in varying degre

ALEISTER CROWLEY AD MEIORUM CTHULHI GLORIAM

f the world between the worlds, open! gate of the conqueror of the monsters from the sea, open! gate of the golden city of sagalla, open! ia dag! ia gat! ia margolqbabbonnesh! ia marrutukku! ia tuku! suhrim suhgurim! zahrim zahgurim! axxanngabannaxaxagannababillukuku! the invocation of the ninib gate spirit of the wanderer of the wastes, remember! spirit of the planet of time, remember! spirit of the plane of he hunter, remember! ninib, lord of the dark ways, remember! ninib, lord of the secret passages, remember! ninib, knower of the secrets of all things, remember! ninib, knower of the ways of the ancient ones, remember! ninib, horned one of silence, remember! ninib, watcher of the ways of the igigi, remember! ninib, knower of the pathways of the dead, remember! in the name of the covena

ALEISTER CROWLEY MAGICK IN THEORY AND PRACTICE

ng. passing from #5 to #6 or vice versa is done by motion of shoulders and rotation of wrists. this is different from the other sign of opening the veil, the sign of the enterer, which is done with hands flat palm to palm and then spread without rotation of wrists "7-10. the l v x signs "7+ osiris slain- the cross" body and feet as in #2. head bowed. arms directly horizontal from the shoulders in the plane of the image. hands with fingers together, thumbs to side of palm and palmer side forward. the tau shape of the robe dominates the image "8. l isis mourning- the svastica" the body is in semi-profile, head down slightly and facing right of photograph. the arms, hands, legs and feet are positioned to define a swastika. left foot flat, carrying weight and angled toward the right of the pho

ocation of the goetia" so-called, with a complete explanation of the barbarous names of evocation used therein, and the secret rubric of the ritual, by the master therion. this is the most potent invocation extant, and was used by the master himself in his attainment. see p. 265 of this book "liber cd. liber tau vel kabbalae truium literarum sub figura cd" a graphic interpretation of the tarot on the plane of initiation. equinox vii, p. 75 "liber ccccxii. a vel armorum" an instruction for the preparation of the elemental instruments. equinox iv, p. 15 "liber ccccxviii. liber xxx aerum vel saeculi" being of the angels of the thirty aethyrs, the vision and the voice. besides being the classical account of the thirty aethyrs and a model of all visions, the cries of the angels should be regard

e: magic mirror: 30 :crysoleth :the lamen or bow and arrow :31 :fire opal :the wand, lamp, pyramid of fire: 32 :onyx :the sickle :32 "bis :salt :the pantacle, the salt :31 "bis: 315& 316 table i: xlii: liii: xlix :key scale: perfumes :the greek: lineal figures of the :alphabet: planets and geomancy: 0 :the circle: 1 :ambergris :the point: 2 :musk (sigma :the line, also the cross: 3 :myrrh, civet :the plane, also the diamond: oval, circle and other yoni: symbols: 4 :cedar (iota :the solid figure: 5 :tobacco (phi :the tessaract: 6 :olibanum: omega: sephirotic geomantic fi: 7 :benzoin, rose: epsilon: gures follow the planets: red sandal: caput and cauda draconis: 8 :storax: are the nodes of the moon: 9 :jasmine, jinseng: chi: nearly= herschel and: all odoriferous: neptune respectively: roots:

ALEISTER CROWLEY MAGICK WITHOUT TEARS

now as much as that, thora being the ordinary word for the sacred law of israel, and you accordingly ask him to spell it to make sure you have heard aright; and he gives you the letters, perhaps by speaking them, perhaps by showing them: teth, resh, ayin. you add these up and get 279. this again is divisible by the saturnian 3, and the result is 93; in other words, he has been precisely right. on the plane of saturn one may multiply by three and therefore he has given you the correct word "thelema" in a form unfamiliar to you. you man now consider yourself satisfied of his good faith, and may proceed to inspect him more closely. the stars above his head suggest the influence of binah, whose number also is three, while the most striking thing about him is the core of his being: the letter y

ALEISTER CROWLEY MEDITATION

of his appetites. yogis attempt to catch and so preserve this dew by turning back the tongue in the mouth. concerning the water in this cup, it may be said that just as the wand should be perfectly rigid, the ideal solid, so should the water be the ideal fluid. the wand is erect, and must extend to infinity. the surface of the water is flat, and must extend to infinity. one is the line, the other the plane. but as the wand is weak without breadth, so is the water false without depth. the understanding of the magus must include all things, and that understanding must be infinitely profound. 83 h. g. wells has said that "every word of which a man is ignorant represents an idea of which he is ignorant" and it is impossible perfectly to understand all things unless all things be first known. u

ALEISTER CROWLEY TAO TEH KING

ressed. 1. the thirty spokes join in their nave, that is one; yet the wheel dependeth for use upon the hollow place for the axle. clay is shapen to make vessels; but the contained space is what is useful. matter is therefore of use only to mark the limits of the space which is the thing of real value((this introduces the doctrine of the fourth dimension. matter is like the lines bounding a plane. the plane is the real thing, the lines infinitely small in comparison, and serving only to define it. so also the 'self' is an imaginary limit marking off the divisions of the body of god. the errors of ahamkara (the ego-making faculty) is to take the illusory surface for the sphere. cf. liber ccxx concerning the nature of nuit) 12 chapter xii the withdrawal from the external. 1. the five colors f

ALEISTER CROWLEY THE OLD AND NEW COMMENTARIES TO LIBER AL

ly and explanation and illumination of the propositions in "berashith. the dyad (or universe) is created with little pain in order to make the bliss of dissolution possible. thus the pain of life may be atoned for by the bliss of death. this delight is, however, only for the chosen servants of nu. outsiders may be looked on much as the cartesians looked on animals. yet, of course, this is only on the plane of illusion. one must not discriminate between the space marks (p.s. the crhistian is one who has acquiesced in his own dishonour; a renegade from manhood. the new comment the physical description of the onset of this ecstasy refers to the actual facts at the period of receiving this knowledge. the attempt to resolve all into one is a philosophical blunder. it explains nothing; neither h

the symbol of godhead in egypt was the ankh, which is a sandal-strap, implying the power to go; and it suggests the rosy cross, the fulfilment of love, by its shape. the wheel and the circle are evidently symbols of nuith; this sentence insists upon the conception of lingam-yoni. but beyond the obvious relation, we observe two geometrical definitions. the axle is a cylinder set perpendicularly to the plane of the wheel; thus hadit supplies the third dimension to nuith. it suggests that matter is to be conceived as two-dimensional; that is, perhaps, as possessed of two qualities, extension and potentiality. to these hadit brings motion and position. the wheel moves; manifestation now is possible. its perception implies three-dimensional space, and time. but note that the mover is himself no

ALEISTER CROWLEY THE QABALAH

up the paths which join them upon the tree of life, namely the letters. it is important to explain the position of daath or knowledge upon the tree. it is called the child of chokmah and binah, but it hath no place. but it is really the apex of a pyramid of which the three first numbers form the base. now the tree, or minutum mundum, is a figure in a plane of a solid universe. daath, being above the plane, is therefore a figure of a force in four dimensions, and thus it is the object of the magnum opus. the three paths which connect it with the first trinity are the three lost letters or fathers of the hebrew alphabet. in daath is said to be the head of the great serpent nechesh or leviathan, called evil to conceal its holiness (cjn= 358= hycm, the messiah or redeemer, and tywl= 496= twkl

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQ I 1

shall we see a woman weeping; and in the lightning and the thunder the sworded warrior who crushes her to his shaggy breast. away with laws and labours. lo! in the groves of pan the dance catches us up, and whirls us onward! o how we dash aside the goblets and the wine-skins, and how the tangled hair of our heads is blown amongst the purple clusters of the vine that clambers along the branches of the plane-trees in the garden of eros! but yet for a little while the mystic child of freedom must sit weeping at the footstool of the old prude reason, and spell out her windy alphabets whilst she squats like a toad above her, dribbling, filled with lewd thoughts and longings for the oleograph of the naked youth and the stinking secrecy of her "latrina" the child under the glittering horns of cap

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQ I 5

s up the paths which join them upon the tree of life, namely the letters. it is important to explain the position of daath or knowledge upon the tree. it is called the child of chokmah and binah, but it hath no place. but it is really the apex of a pyramid of which the three first numbers for the base. now the tree, or minutum mundum, is a figure in a plane of a solid universe. daath, being above the plane, is therefore a figure of a force in four dimensions, and thus it is the object of the magnum opus. the three paths which connect it with the first trinity are the three lost letters or fathers of the hebrew alphabet. in daath is said to be the head of the great serpent nechesh or leviathan, called evil to conceal its holiness (hb:shin hb:chet hb:nun= 358= hb:chet hb:yod hb:shin hb:mem

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQ I 5

that is 120. so also do the majesty and the beauty derive from the supernal wisdom. but this is a mystery utterly beyond thine understanding. for wisdom is the man, and understanding the woman, and not until thou hast perfectly understood canst thou begin to be wise. but i reveal unto thee a mystery of the aethyrs, that not only are they bound up with the sephiroth, but also with the paths. now, the plane of the aethyrs interpenetrateth and surroundeth the universe wherein the sephiroth are established, and therefore is the order of the aethyrs not the order of the tree of life. and only in a few places do they coincide. 86 but the knowledge of the aethyrs is deeper than the knowledge of the sephiroth, for that in the aethyrs is the knowledge of the aeons, and of theta epsilon lambda eta

lf up and made himself fast against the universe. for they that sit encamped upon the sea in the city of the pyramids are indeed shut up. but they have given their blood, even to the last drop, to fill the cup of babalon. these that thou seest are indeed the black brothers, for it is written "he shall laugh at their calamity and mock when their fear cometh" and therefore hath he exalted them unto the plane of love. and yet again it is written: he desireth not the death of a sinner, but rather that he should turn from his wickedness. now, if one of these were to cast off his cloak he should behold the brilliance of the lady of the aethyr; but they will not. and yet again there is another cause wherefore he hath permitted them to enter thus far within the frontiers of eden, so that his thoug

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 2

ing. passing from #5 to #6 or vice versa is done by motion of shoulders and rotation of wrists. this is different from the other sign of opening the veil, the sign of the enterer, with is done with hands flat palm to palm and then spread without rotation of wrists "7-10. the l v x signs "7+ osiris slain- the cross" body and feet as in #2. head bowed. arms directly horizontal from the shoulders in the plane of the image. hands with fingers together, thumbs to side of palm and palmer side forward. the tau shape of the robe dominates the image "8. l isis mourning- the svastica" the body is in semi-profile, head down slightly and facing right of photograph. the arms, hands, legs and feet are positioned to define a swastika. left foot flat, carrying weight and angled toward the right of the pho

nd that is where the joke comes in. yet to the adept the anglo- indian proverb "a jok's a jok (leech) but a jok up your nose is no jok (nose is not the word; but no matter, may occur with painful intensity. for he is no nearer to nibbana than when he started. though he has stripped off all the husks of thought and touched thought itself, even attaining to negation of thought; yet he is still upon the plane of thought. and- that which can be thought is not true. all his righteousness is as filthy rags; even his eternity of shivadarshana, his stored crores of mahakalpas in the arupa-brahma-lokas must pass; he must come back to his horses- and this time as a horse- fly. 84 so then he must abandon the whole series of ecstasies; all this time he has been on the wrong road. for the three charact

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 3

se and reiterate the divine and other names consonant with the working. that spirit should now become fully and clearly visible, and should be able to speak with a direct voice (if consonant with his nature. the magician then proclaims aloud that the spirit n hath been duly and properly evoked, in accordance with the sacred rites. 154 u. the magician now addresses and invocation unto the lords of the plane of the spirit to compel him to perform that which the magician shall demand of him. v. the magician carefully formulates his demands, questions &c, and writes down any of the answers that may be advisable. w. the master of evocations now addresses a conjuration unto the spirit evoked, binding him to hurt or injure naught connected with him; or his assistants; or the place; and that he fa

n of the transformation of the astral body. the magician mentally places this form as nearly as circumstances will admit in the position of the enterer, himself taking the place of the hierophant; holding his wand by the black end ready to commence the oration aloud. j. let him now repeat a powerful exorcism of the shape into which he desires to transform himself, using the names &c, belonging to the plane, planet, or other eidolon, most in harmony with the shape desired. then holding the wand by the black end, and directing the flower over the head of the form, let him say "in the name of the lord of the universe, arise before me, o form of. into which i have elected to transform myself; so that seeing me men may see the thing they see not, and comprehend not the thing that they behold" k

s if visibly enshrouding him; and still astrally retaining the form, he thrice circumambulates the place of working. t. standing at the east, let him thirdly formulate the shape which should now appear manifest, and as if enshrouding him, even to his own vision; and then let him proclaim aloud "thus have i formulated unto myself this transformation" u. let him now invoke all the superior names of the plane appropriate to the form, that he may retain it under his proper control and guidance. v. he states clearly to the form, what he intends to do with it. w. similar to the w section of invisibility, save that the conjurations &c, are to be made to the appropriate plane of the form instead of to binah. part hb:shin: spiritual development. a. the sphere of sensation. b. the augoeides. c. the

the invocation of an angelic figure consonant to the process; and in this matter take care not to mislead thy judgment through the action of thine own preconceived ideas; but only relying_ after due tests_ on the indication afforded thee by the angelic form. and know, unless the form be of an angelic nature, its indication will not be reliable; seeing, that if it be an elemental, it will be below the plane desired. q. the diviner now completely and thoroughly formulates his whole judgment as well for the immediate future as for the development thereof, taking into account the knowledge and indications given him by the angelic form. r. having this result before him, let the diviner now formulate a fresh divination process, based on the conclusions at which he has arrived, so as to form a ba

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 4 2

tifully arranged, too" he added "not a hole anywhere" it somewhat surprised him, therefore, when a tiny, tiny silvery little laugh came bell-like in his ear. it was so tiny that he could hardly credit the audacity of the idea, but for all its music, the laugh certainly sounded as if some one were mocking him. he turned sharply round (and this was one of his own special attributes, as transcending the plane where activity and rotundity are incompatibles) but saw nothing; and putting his legs up, lighted his long pipe and settled down to a quiet perusal of a fascinating "cosmic romance" called berashith by two pseudonymous authors, g. o. varr and l. o. heem- of ingenious fancy, exalted imaginative faculty, and a tendency, which would later be deemed undesirable, to slop over into the filthie

f the circle and the square, the arithmetical unity of the 5 and the 6, and (for more universality of comprehension) the uniting of the lingam and the yoni, the cross and the rose. for as in earth-life the sexual ecstasy is the loss of self in the beloved, the creation of a third consciousness transcending its parents, which is again reflected into matter as a child; so, immeasurably higher, upon the plane of spirit, subject and object join to disappear, leaving a transcendent unity. this third is ecstasy and death; as below, so above. it is then with no uncleanness of mind that all races of men have adored an ithyphallic god; to those who can never lift their eyes above the basest plane the sacrament seems filth. much, if not all, of the attacks upon thomas lake harris and his worthy succ

ALICE A BAILEY01 THE CONSCIOUSNESS OF THE ATOM

insensitive, yet, to the best people. another development will be that we shall be able to function consciously on all planes of being. we function consciously now on the physical plane, and there are a few people who are able to function equally consciously on the next subtler plane, that which is called the astral plane (a word i very much dislike, as it conveys no real meaning to our minds) or the plane of the emotional nature, on which a man is active when out of the physical body, in the hours of sleep or immediately after death. very few human beings can function on the mental plane in fully awakened consciousness, and still fewer upon the spiritual plane. the object of evolution is that we should consciously function, with full continuity of realisation, upon the physical, emotional

ALICE A BAILEY02 INITIATION HUMAN AND SOLAR

re given in terms of spirit and not of matter or form. we are dealing entirely with the subjective or consciousness aspect of manifestation, and with that which lies back of the objective form. this realisation will save the student from much later confusion- 58- initiation, human and solar copyright 1998 lucis trust that we are considering facts which are substantial and real on the mental plane the plane on which all the major initiations take place but which are not materialised on the physical plane, and are not physical plane phenomena. the link between the two planes exists in the continuity of consciousness which the initiate will have developed, and which will enable him to bring through to the physical brain, occurrences and happenings upon the subjective planes of life. corrobora

ealed, can be intelligently co-operated with, and thus matured. these profound revelations shine forth before the initiate in a triple manner: as a radiant angelic existence. this is seen by the inner eye with the same accuracy of vision and judgment as when a man stands face to face with another member of the human family. the great solar angel, who embodies the real man and is his expression on the plane of higher mind, is literally his divine ancestor, the "watcher" who, through long cycles of incarnation, has poured himself out in sacrifice in order that man might be. as a sphere of radiant fire, linked with the initiate standing before it by that magnetic thread of fire which passes through all his bodies and terminates within the centre of the physical brain. this "silver thread (as

ALICE A BAILEY04 A TREATISE ON COSMIC FIRE

e and flame destroy the body of an arhat; their essence makes him immortal. secret doctrine i. 35. the three fires i. the internal fire or fire by friction "there is heat internal and heat external in every atom, the breath of the father (spirit) and the breath (or heat) of the mother (matter" secret doctrine i. 112. ii. the fire of mind or solar fire. the fire of knowledge burns up all action on the plane of illusion, therefore those who have acquired it and are emancipated are called fires. secret doctrine i.114. iii. the fire of spirit or electric fire "lift up thy head, o lanoo; dost thou see one, or countless lights above thee, burning in the dark midnight sky "i sense one flame, o gurudeva; i see countless undetached sparks shining in it" secret doctrine i. 145- 7- a treatise on cosm

pine division e. motion on the physical and astral planes 1. in the sheaths 2. in the centres division f. the law of economy section two. the fire of mind solar fire introductory questions division a. the nature of manas or mind division b. manas as a cosmic, systemic and human factor division c. the egoic ray and solar fire division b. thought elementals and fire elementals division e. motion on the plane of mind division f. the law of attraction section three. the fire of spirit electric fire division a. certain basic fundamentals division b. the nature of the seven cosmic paths division c. seven esoteric stanzas the above tabulation of the subjects dealt with in this treatise is of very real importance, for it forms the basis of that which we shall be considering. the total lack of a wi

. in musical collaboration they attended to the work. they built in many spheres, beginning with the third. upon this plane their work commenced. they built the sheath of atma and strung it to its primary- 13- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust "aum" said the mighty one "let now the work proceed. let the builders of the air continue with the plan" the deva-lord and builders upon the plane of air worked with the forms within that sphere which is reckoned mainly theirs. they wrought for union, each in his group assigned. the moulds grew fast beneath their hands. the sacred plane of juncture, the fourth great plane, became the sphere within the greater circle which marked the goal for man "aum" said the mighty one, he breathed forth to the fifth, the plane which is the burni

ed into hell. then came the conqueror of form. he drew on the sacred fire, and purified the rupa levels. the fire destroyed the lands in the days of the lesser sixth- 21- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust when the sixth appeared the land was changed. the surface of the globe circled through another cycle. men of the higher fifth mastered the lower three. the work was shifted to the plane whereon the pilgrim stood. the lesser triangle within the lower auric egg became the centre of cosmic dissonance. stanza xi the wheel of life turns within the wheel of outer form. the matter of fohat circulateth, and its fire hardeneth all the forms. the wheel that is not glimpsed moveth in rapid revolution within the slower outer case, till it weareth out the form. the forty-nine fires

at which is the basis of life of the spheroidal cell, or atom, and of its rotary adjustment to all other cells. second, as active heat or prana; this animates all, and is the driving force of the evolving form. it shows itself in the four ethers and in the gaseous state, and a correspondence is here found on the physical plane in connection with man to the akasha and its fivefold manifestation on the plane of the solar system. this fire is the basic vibration of the little system in which the monad or human spirit is the logos, and it holds the personality or lower material man in objective manifestation thus permitting the spiritual unit to contact the plane of densest matter. it has its correspondence in the ray of intelligent activity and is controlled by the law of economy in one of it

p. b "fohat" he is that active fiery intelligence, who is the basis of the internal fires of the solar system. on each plane one of these brothers holds sway, and the three elder brothers (for always the three will be seen- 37- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust and later the seven, who eventually merge into the primary three) rule on the first, third and the fifth planes, or on the plane of adi, of atma22(20) and of manas. it is urgent that we here remember that they are fire viewed in its third aspect, the fire of matter. in their totality these seven lords form the essence of the cosmic lord, called in the occult books, fohat.23(21) this is so in the same sense as the seven chohans,24(22) with their affiliated groups of pupils, form the essence or centres in the body o

the fire of matter, is directly influenced and adjusted in its working by one of the buddhas of activity. the karma31,(29)32,33(30) of matter itself is an abstruse subject and has as yet scarcely been hinted at. it is nevertheless indissolubly mixed up with the karma of the individual. it involves a control of the evolution of the monadic essence, the elemental essence and of the atomic matter of the plane; it is concerned with the development of the four spirillae, with their activity, with their attachment to forms when atomic, and with the development of the inner latent heat and its gradual fiery increase until we have within the atom a repetition of what is seen within the causal body: the destruction of the periphery of the atom by the means of burning. it deals with the subject of t

tions are the basis of that "fire by friction" which demonstrates in the activity of matter. finally, in the study of the etheric body and prana comes comprehension of the method of logoic manifestation, and therefore much of interest to the metaphysician, and all abstract thinkers. the etheric body of man holds hid the secret of his objectivity. it has its correspondence on the archetypal plane, the plane we call that of the divine manifestation, the first plane of our solar system, the plane adi. the matter of that highest plane is called often the "sea of fire" and it is- 44- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust the root of the akasha, the term applied to the substance of the second plane of manifestation. let us trace the analogy a little more in detail, for in its just

ALICE A BAILEY05 THE LIGHT OF THE SOUL

tion) cannot reveal. 50. it is hostile to, or supersedes all other impressions. 51. when this state of perception is itself also restrained (or superseded, then is pure samadhi achieved. the yoga sutras of patanjali book i the problem of union 1. aum (om) the following instruction concerns the science of union. aum. is the word of glory; it signifies the word made flesh and the manifestation upon the plane of matter of the second aspect of divinity. this blazing forth of the sons of righteousness before the world is achieved by following the rules herein contained. when all the sons of men have demonstrated that they are also sons of god, the cosmic son of god will likewise shine forth with increased intensity of glory. the great initiate, paul, had a vision of this when he said that "the

the logoic plan, the spirits or divine sparks are imprisoned by them, being first attracted to them through the mutual interplay of spirit and matter. by the control of these substances and the restraint of their instinctual activities, these spirits gain experience and eventually liberation. thus union with the soul is brought about. it is a union known and experienced in the physical body upon the plane of densest manifestation through the conscious intelligent control of the lower nature- 11- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust 3. when this has been accomplished, the yogi knows himself as he is in reality. this might be described in the following way: the man who knows the conditions and has fulfilled them as indicated in the preceding sutra, 1. sees the self, 2. realises

e middle plane of at-one-ment or union whereon god and man are made one. this is the christ plane in christian phraseology, the buddhic plane in the eastern terminology. the divine planes. plane i. logoic or divine. the sea of fire. god the father. will. plane ii. monadic .t he akasha .g od the son. love- wisdom. plane lii. spiritual or atmic. the aether. god the holy- ghost. active intelligence. the plane of union or atonement plane iv. christ or buddhic .a ir .u nion. harmony. at-one-ment- 185- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust planes of human endeavor. plane v. mental. fire. reflection of the sea of fire. human will. plane vi. emotional or astral. astral light. reflection of the akasha .h uman love and desire. plane vii. physical. ether. reflection of the aether. human ac

e life of sensuous perception and enjoyment, just so long will the vehicles or organs be created whereby desire can be satisfied, materialized existence can be enjoyed, and objects perceived. this is the great illusion by which consciousness is glamoured, and as long as the glamour exerts any power, just so long will the law of rebirth bring the outward-going consciousness into manifestation upon the plane of materiality. it is the will-to-be and desire for existence that swings outward into the light both the cosmic christ, functioning on the material plane through the medium of the solar system, and the individual christ, functioning through the medium of the human form- 211- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust in the early stages the "i am" consciousness creates forms of ma

g vibration, relates to no form, affects no substance. when this concentrated meditation becomes a habit and is the normal daily attitude of his life, then the man becomes free from the law of karma. he becomes aware then of the effects still remaining to be worked off, and learns to avoid the creation of new ones, initiating no actions which will "create organs" in the three worlds. he dwells on the plane of mind, persists in meditation, creates by an act of will and not through the helplessness of desire, and is a "free soul" a master and a liberated man. 7. the activities of the liberated soul are free from the pairs of opposites. those of other people are of three kinds. this sutra expresses the teaching in connection with the law of karma in such a strictly oriental manner as to confu

to liberation. vyasa explains it thus "the white is of those who resort to the means of improvement, of study and meditation. this is dependent upon the mind alone. it does not depend upon external means, it is not, therefore, brought about by injuring others" it will be apparent now that these three types of karma have direct reference to- 214- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust a. the plane of materiality..the physical plane. b. the plane of the pairs of opposites..the astral plane. c. the plane of one-pointed thought..the mental plane. those whose karma is white are those who, having made progress in balancing the pairs of opposites, are now engaged in the process of conscious intelligent emancipation of themselves from the three worlds. this they do through: a. study, or

ALICE A BAILEY07 FROM INTELLECT TO INTUITION

oms of nature, and the manifested sheaths in their widest connotation and totality are but symbols of life what that life itself may be remains as yet a- 50- from intellect to intuition copyright 1998 lucis trust mystery "2. the subjective interpretation or meaning is the one which reveals the idea lying behind the objective manifestation. this idea, incorporeal in itself, becomes a concretion on the plane of objectivity..these ideas become apparent to the student after he has entered into meditation, just as the exoteric form of the symbol is all that is seen by the man who is just beginning. as soon as a man begins consciously to use his mental apparatus and has made even a small contact with his soul three things occur "a. he reaches out beyond the form and seeks to account for it "b. h

rence, if it has really happened and is not the result of a vivid and overstimulated imagination. the power of the creative imagination is only just beginning to be sensed, and it is quite possible to see just what we desire to see, even if it is not there at all. the desire of the aspirant to make progress, and his strenuous effort, has forced him to become awake or aware upon the psychic plane, the plane of vain imaginings, of desire and its illusory fulfillments. in that realm, he contacts a thought-form of the christ or of some great and revered teacher. the world of illusion is full of these thought-forms, constructed by the loving thoughts of men down the ages, and the man, working through his own psychic nature (the line of least resistance for the majority) comes in touch with such

ALICE A BAILEY08 A TREATISE ON WHITE MAGIC

he concentrates his forces, and drives the thought-form from him. rule five three things engage the solar angel before the sheath of the one who thus creates, and steady contemplation. thus are the heart, the throat, and eye, allied for triple service. rule six the devas of the lower four feel the force when the eye opens; they are driven forth and lose their master. rule seven the dual forces of the plane whereon the vital power must be sought are seen; the two paths face the solar angel; the poles vibrate. a choice confronts the one who meditates. rule eight the agnisuryans respond to the sound. the waters ebb and flow. let the magician guard himself from drowning at the point where land and water meet. the midway spot, which is neither dry nor wet, must provide the standing place whereo

rary limitations that awakens in readers a dislike for phrases which aptly and truly say "when you are further developed, you will understand the above" this should be made clear. to the master of the wisdom, the nature of the spirit, or that positive centre of life which every form hides is no more a mystery than is the nature of the soul to the esoteric psychologist. the source of the one life, the plane, or state from which that life emanates is the great hidden mystery to the members of the hierarchy of adepts. the nature of spirit, its quality and type of cosmic energy, its rate of vibration and its basic cosmic differentiations are the study of initiates above the third degree and the subject of their investigations. they bring to that study a fully developed intuition, plus that men

heir souls to interpret and comprehend that life which (divorced from the world of form) persists on the higher levels of consciousness and penetrates into our solar system from some exterior centre of being. they throw this light (which is in them and which they manipulate and use) in two directions therefore, standing as they do in the midmost state and functioning as they choose to function on the plane of the intuition or of buddhi. they cast that light into the world of form and know all things, interpreting all with correctness; they cast that light into the formless realms of the higher three planes (formless from the standpoint of man in the three worlds below the intuitional plane) and seek to understand, through steady expansive growth, the nature and purpose of that which is nei

cause of both in the universe. eventually, when the initiate has undergone the higher solar initiations and can function in the- 17- a treatise on white magic copyright 1998 lucis trust full consciousness of the monad, awareness of that which is divorced even from group form and from those nebulous sheaths which veil and hide the one, becomes possible. the highest types of consciousness work from the plane of the monad as the initiate of lower degree works from the plane of the soul and uses the organs of perception (if such an unsatisfactory phrase is legitimate) and means of knowledge of which average man has no idea; they penetrate or include within their radius of awareness that sum total of life, consciousness and form which we designate god. these initiates of high degree then begin

ne, or astral force. c. the mental plane or thought currents. d. egoic force, a force only registered by man and of which the fourth kingdom in nature is the custodian and which has mysterious and peculiar effects- 29- a treatise on white magic copyright 1998 lucis trust e. the type of energy which produces the concretion of ideas on the physical plane. f. strictly spiritual energy, or force from the plane of the monad. the different types of force can all be registered in the human kingdom. some of them can be registered in the subhuman kingdoms, and the apparatus of the vital body in man is so constructed that through its three objective manifestations, the triple nervous system, through the seven major plexi, the lesser nerve ganglia, and the many thousands of nerves, the entire objecti

is that form aspect which is failing in its response, and re-acting to energy with unevenness. he then learns that once he can live in the soul consciousness and attain that 'high altitude (if i might so express it) at will, the fluctuations of the form life will not touch him. he- 39- a treatise on white magic copyright 1998 lucis trust then perceives the narrow-edged razor path which leads from the plane of physical life to the soul realm, and finds that when he can tread it with steadiness it leads him out of the ever changing world of the senses into the clear light of day and into the world of reality. the form side of life then becomes to him simply a field for service and not a field of sensuous perception. let the student ponder upon this last sentence. let him aim to live as a sou

en in contact with their fellow men. it is of course of vital interest to appreciate the significance of the words "scatters not his force" there are so many lines of activity into which the soul-inspired disciple may throw himself. assurance as to varying lines of activity is not easy to reach and every aspirant knows perplexity. let us put the problem in the form of a question, relegating it to the plane of every-day endeavour, as we are not yet in a position to comprehend in what way a soul can "scatter its forces" on the higher planes. what is the criterion whereby a man may know which out of several lines of activity is the right line to take? is there, in other words, a revealing something which will enable a man unerringly to choose the right action and go the right way? the questio

incidentally, of course, much may be learnt in this connection, for man grows through creative work and understanding, but this is not the primary objective of the teaching. through the gradually growing synthesis of the meditation process carried on by the soul on its own plane and that of the aspirant the man manifests (in the physical brain) a point of light which has been occultly lighted on the plane of the mind. light ever signifies two things, energy and its manifestation in form of some kind, for light and matter are synonymous terms. the thought of the man and the idea of the soul have found a point of rapport, and the germ of a thought form has come into being. this thought form, when completed, will embody as much of the great plan (on which the hierarchy is working) as the man

ALICE A BAILEY09 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME I ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY I

ray ii .l ove-wisdom .p lane of the monad. ray iii. active intelligence. plane of spirit, atma. ray iv. harmony. plane of the intuition. ray v. concrete knowledge .m ental plane. ray vi. devotion, idealism. astral plane. ray vii. ceremonial order. physical plane- 36- a treatise on the seven rays- volume i: esoteric psychology i copyright 1998 lucis trust the fifth ray therefore works actively on the plane of the greatest moment to humanity, being, for man, the plane of the soul, and of the higher and the lower mind. it embodies the principle of knowledge, and because of its activity and its close relation to the third ray of active intelligence might be regarded as a ray having a most vital relation to man at this time in particular. it is the ray which when active, as it was in lemurian

ne, four great groups with seven subsidiary divisions. these four groups work with the four types of men now in incarnation, for it is a statement of fact that at no time in this round are more than four types of men in incarnation at any one time. four rays dominate at any given period, with one in excess of the other three. i mean by this, that only four rays are in physical incarnation; for on the plane of the soul all seven types are of course found. this idea is brought out in the four castes in india, and you will find that these four are found universally. the four groups of devas are a band of servers to the lord, and their special work is to contact men and to give them definite and experimental teaching. they will instruct in the effect of colour in the healing of disease, especi

ative purpose, and the synthesis of life, quality and appearance. secondly, they are active in every form in every kingdom, and they determine the broad general characteristics which govern the energy, the quality and the kingdom in question; through them the differentiated forms come into being, the specialised lives express themselves, and the diversity of divine agents fulfill their destiny in the plane of existence allocated to them. along these three streams of qualified life-force the creative agencies of god make their presence powerfully felt, and through their activity every form is imbued with that inner evolutionary attribute which must eventually sweep it into line with divine purpose, inevitably produce that type of consciousness which will enable the phenomenal unit to react

ut the field of conflict. he sees the end from the beginning nor stays his hand though deep and full the pain and agony. peace must be the goal. beauty must be achieved. he cannot then arrest the life and stop its flow "the middle four, rested now from the earlier campaign, gird on their armour and hide themselves behind the outer form. they leave the fourth great sphere of harmony and pass on to the plane of mind. there they fortify the temple of the lord, illumine it with light and glory, and then they turn their eyes towards the earth- 214- a treatise on the seven rays- volume i: esoteric psychology i copyright 1998 lucis trust "the lower four take form between the lives that are not human and the three groups of lives which dwell beneath the threshold. they seek to link and blend, to b

e personality. 2. ray two..working through the intuition. 13. the personality ray finds its major field of activity and expression in the physical body. it determines its life trend and purpose, its appearance and occupation. it is selective of quality, when influenced by the egoic ray. the egoic ray has direct and specific action upon the astral body. hence the battlefield of the life is ever on the plane of illusions as the soul seeks to dispel the ancient glamour, the aspirant is enabled to walk in the light- 252- a treatise on the seven rays- volume i: esoteric psychology i copyright 1998 lucis trust the monadic ray influences the mental body, after integration of the personality has been brought about. it causes the mind nature to achieve that clear vision which finds its consummation

ALICE A BAILEY10 FROM BETHLEHEM TO CALVARY

their depths have their roots in god "therefore, no spiritual form can ever be an ultimate expression; every meaning, when it has been penetrated, becomes automatically a mere letter-expression of a deeper one, and herewith the old phenomenon takes on a new and different meaning. thus, catholicism, protestantism, greek-catholic, islamism and buddhistic religiousness can in principle continue, on the plane of this life, what they were and yet signify something entirely new."4 the only excuse for this book is that it is an attempt to penetrate to that deeper meaning underlying the great events in the life of christ, and to bring into renewed life and interest the weakening aspiration of the christian. if it can be shown that the story revealed in the gospels has not only an application to t

l life. eternally, down the ages, men have made and will continue to make the great transition, proving the fact of this experience. it is something which all must face at some time or other. two recognitions must emerge into the thought-world of the aspirant of today. first, the presence of the soul, a living entity which can and must be known through the process of bringing it to the birth upon the plane of daily living; and, secondly, the determination to achieve the re-orientation of the entire nature so that a closer identification with that soul may become possible, until a complete unity has been achieved. we begin to see what must be done, we begin to assume the right attitude which will make it possible. the halves of our essential duality soul and body, christ and mary, over-shad

whilst accompanied, the utter sense of being forsaken whilst surrounded by those who seek to understand and help, which constitutes the darkness. the light of the transfiguration is suddenly obliterated; and because of the intensity of that light, the night appears more dark. but it is in the dark that we know god. four words of power had now been uttered by the christ. he had spoken the word for the plane of everyday life, the word of forgiveness, and in it he indicated the principle upon which god works in relation to the evil done by men. where there is ignorance and no defiance or wrong intent, then forgiveness is assured, for sin consists of definite action in the face of the warning voice of conscience. he had spoken the word which brought peace to the dying thief, and had told him t

ALICE A BAILEY11 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME II ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY II

forces, it is impossible to express their appearance, quality and purpose except in symbolic form, and the following points should therefore be remembered: 1. the personality consciousness is that of the third aspect of divinity, the creator aspect. this works in matter and substance in order to create forms through which the quality may express itself and so demonstrate the nature of divinity on the plane of appearances. 2. the egoic consciousness is that of the second aspect of divinity, that of the soul, expressing itself as quality and as the determining subjective "colour" of the appearances. this naturally varies, according to the ability of the soul in any form to master its vehicle, matter, and to express- 2- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright

rsonal- 8- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust self and its aims. this spells personality success and prosperity. 2. the power to control the emotions and yet have the full use of the sensory apparatus to sense conditions, to feel reactions, and to bring about contact with the emotional aspects of other personalities. 3. the capacity to touch the plane of ideas and to bring them through into consciousness. even if these are later subordinated to selfish purpose and interpretation, the man can, however, be in touch with that which can be spiritually cognised. the free use of the mind presupposes its growing sensitivity to intuitional impression. 4. the demonstration of many talents, powers and the working out of genius, and the emphatic

can be found among the more advanced sons of men on earth, who know the ecstasy of the mystic, the exaltation of the initiate, and the exquisite agony of sacrifice or of any feeling which is carried forward to the point of sublimation. when this point has been reached, the mechanism of suffering and the ability to register sensuous perception is transcended, and momentarily the man escapes on to the plane of unity. here there is no pain, no sorrow, no rebellion and no suffering. when the living, vibrating antaskarana or bridge is built, this "way of- 64- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust escape" becomes the normal path of life. escape from pain is then automatic, for the centre of consciousness is elsewhere. in the cases mentioned a

with a bird flying over it. this is the loved cross (rose being the colour of affection, with the bird (symbol of the soul) flying free in time and space. secondly, the soul has also to relinquish not only its tie and its gain through contact with the personal self, but it has most definitely to relinquish its tie with other personal selves. it must learn to know and to meet other people only on the plane of the soul. in this lies for many a disciple a hard lesson. they may care little for themselves and may have learnt much personal detachment. little may they cherish the gain of contact with the lower personal self. they are learning to transcend all that, and may have transcended to a great degree, but their love for their children, their family, their friends and intimates is for them

and often troublesome. 6. the aspirant's environing associates. it is useful for students to have these analogies in mind, for they can often arrive at release from the limitations of their lives and at a truer comprehension of the larger issues, when they see that their little, unimportant lives are only the reflection of greater and more important factors. it is wise always to remember that on the plane of soul existence there is no separation, no "my soul and thy soul" it is only in the three worlds of illusion and of maya that we think in terms of- 72- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust souls and bodies. this is an occult platitude and well known, but the re-emphasis of the well known truth will sometimes serve to bring home to y

which are the blue prints of ideas. the main work of the disciples on this ray is to capitalise on the developed tendency of humanity to recognise ideas, and avoiding the rocks of fanaticism, and the dangerous shoals of superficial desire train the world thinkers so ardently to desire the good, the true and the beautiful, that the idea which should materialise in some form on earth can shift from the plane of the mind and clothe itself in some form on earth. these disciples and servers work consciously with the desire element in- 88- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust man; they work scientifically with its correct evocation. their technique is scientific because it is based upon a right understanding of the human material with which t

wer self, so that mind and brain are at-one. students must remember these two distinctive contacts, and bear in mind also that the greater contact need not necessarily include the lesser. telepathic communication between the different aspects of the human being is entirely possible at varying stages of unfoldment. 2. they will work at the establishment of communication between that plane which is the plane- 117- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust of illumination and pure reason (the buddhic plane) and the plane of illusion which is the astral plane. it should be remembered that our great task is to dispel the world illusion through the pouring in of illumination or of light. when enough groups have been started that have this for thei

groups will bring about the right healing of the personalities of individuals, in all aspects of their nature. the work intended is the intelligent transmission of energy to various parts of the nature mental, astral and physical of the human being, through the right circulation and organisation of force. healing must eventually be carried forward by groups which act as the intermediaries between the plane of spiritual energy (either soul energy, intuitional energy, or will energy) and the patient or group of patients. this last point is to be noted. the group idea must always be remembered, for this will distinguish the new age methods from the past; the work will be group work for the group. the members will work as souls and not as individuals. they will learn to communicate healing ene

ALICE A BAILEY12 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME I

s no haste in the work which a master carries on in connection with his disciples. there is no hurry in the work which i am proposing that we do together, but neither should there be any waste time or lost motion. it will become apparent to you that much that i seek to accomplish is related to thought control and to the activity of the creative imagination. the hierarchy produces its effects upon the plane of appearances through the potency of its unified, conscious thinking. the establishing of such a condition of unified thinking within the new group of world servers is part of my major effort at this time; we can achieve little until that has been brought about. so i summon you to a new phase of intense, inner living and dynamic thinking, but this time with a group objective the objecti

d observers. their objective is to see clearly through all events, through space and time by means of the cultivation and use of the intuition. they work very largely on the astral plane at the dissipation of glamour, thus bringing in illumination to mankind. thus another type of energy is brought into play, producing another type of inter-relation and communication. this communication is between the plane which is the plane of illumination and pure reason (the buddhic plane) and the plane of illusion and glamour, which is the astral plane. the trained observers are asked to remember that their great task is to dispel the world illusion through the pouring in of light. when there are a sufficient number of groups, working along these lines, there will be found upon the physical plane certa

lligent transmission of energy to various parts of the nature mental, emotional and physical through the right organisation and circulation of force. present day healers should endeavour to break loose from the modern and traditional ideas as to healing; they should recognise the stupendous fact that healing must eventually be carried forward by groups which will act as the intermediaries between the plane of spiritual energy (either soul energy, intuitional energy or will energy) and the patient or group of patients. note this last point. the group idea must always be remembered by the students as they work; they must not work as individuals but as units in a coherent whole. this will distinguish the new age methods from the past, for the work will be group work and, usually, for a group

se questions which i have imposed upon your minds are in the nature of what might be called "catch" questions. the astral body is in its time and place of as real value, purpose and usefulness as the mind. it serves to relate the higher impression to the lower and you cannot record my vibration in the physical brain consciousness except through its mediation. you can be aware of my vibration upon the plane of the soul and your mind consciousness can be impressed by it. unless, however, the sensory body, the emotional vehicle, is also active in the right sense (negative to the world of the senses and receptive to mental impression) that impression will not be registered in the brain or waking consciousness. much that you say in your communications in the form of written papers upon this sub

, with consequent detachment from human touch and sympathetic contact. the other is a subconscious recognition that if you "descended to the unhappy ways of human sympathy" you possess a capacity for identification with your brothers and for sharing their pain which would make you phenomenally uncomfortable. this, in your earlier years, served to hold you away from people, and led you to dwell on the plane of thought detached, serene and isolated. the past ten years have seen you change all this; though you are not now so comfortable in yourself, you are open to others and sensitive to them in a very real manner. next, the realisation that "both eyes are focussed on the world of human pain" is steadily becoming yours. you are learning that only in true self-forgetfulness (forgetfulness of

ings, both from the mass and from individuals, and you know not yet how to give in fullness and yet retain, how to go out to others and never leave your own poised position. to stand in spiritual being as i earlier pointed out is the clue to your problem. you need thus to stand and with greater poise. a dynamic, mental focussing will save you from much depletion. if, my brother, you dwell ever on the plane of the mind, you cannot so easily be reached by the majority who contact you and who at present drain you of your strength. ponder on this suggestion. january 1937 my brother- 111- discipleship in the new age- volume i copyright 1998 lucis trust you are about to enter upon a period of fuller service. much of your life has hitherto been given to objective activities and you have forced yo

to you. a living organism and not a vital organisation warrants consideration, and its life seems worth fostering. this you have recognised. you ask yourself, however, at times "of what specific usefulness am i, as an individual, in the teacher's group" the development of your fellow disciples is not uniform; some are possessed of this or that quality, and lack others; some function primarily on the plane of mind, others on the plane of the emotions. you have a fair measure of the intuition already developed, and as i earlier pointed out to you you can serve your group and facilitate their work in this connection. all gained quality of any kind must be regarded by the individual as a group asset and not as a personal achievement. this requires emphasising and involves clear thinking and d

gh to completion. let your service be group service and not so much individual work as heretofore, and remember that the gift of power in meditation and the capacity to bring through the vital energy which makes things to be (which you can do) produces increasing detachment from physical plane realities; it can produce also the severing of lower contacts unless the energy is carried through on to the plane of earth happenings and works out in paralleling action. this faculty "to bring through" you began to demonstrate last spring. it should continue. carry your thought in meditation to the throat centre at the back of the neck and each day vitalise that centre so that the creative work is carried forward by you and you continue to cause things to be. the lesson of being is not your lesson

ALICE A BAILEY15 THE DESTINY OF THE NATIONS

ht 1998 lucis trust 2. the plans, which embody these two differing ideals and objectives, are carried down on to the astral plane, and thus into the world of desire. the lines of demarcation remain ever entirely clear as far as the workers in these two groups are concerned, but are not so clear where ordinary human beings and the world disciples and initiates are concerned. there is much chaos on the plane of desire, and the world arjuna is today sitting in bewilderment between the two opposing forces or camps, recognising his relationship both to form and to soul and at the same time wondering where his duty lies. his point in evolution determines his problem. thus the two groups are working in opposition upon the plane of desire. 3. the materialising of the plans of these two groups of i

ALICE A BAILEY16 GLAMOUR A WORLD PROBLEM

ines forming a triangle or a series of triangles signifies the trinity, or any series of triplicates within the macrocosmic or microcosmic manifestation. but that activity and accuracy of the memory will do naught to awaken the dormant brain cells or call into play the intuition. it must be remembered (and here becomes evident the value of a certain amount of technical or academic occultism) that the plane whereon the intuition manifests and where the intuitional state of consciousness is active is that of the buddhic or intuitional plane. this plane is the higher correspondence of the astral or emotional plane, the plane of sensitive awareness through a felt identification with the object of attention or attraction. it becomes evident therefore that if the intuitional faculty is to be bro

hen the fundamental fact that only those forces which he himself can use and master in his own life as an individual can be employed by him in group activity and be used in the dispelling of the world glamour. it might be expressed in illustration thus: 1. through alignment and subsequent contact, the intuition is evoked, awakened and used. this is the great dispelling agency, and pours down from the plane of the intuition (the plane of buddhi) through the soul and the brain to the heart of the disciple. 2. through alignment and subsequent contact, the energy of the soul is evoked, awakened and used. this is the great dissipating agency, and pours down from soul levels (the higher levels of the mental plane) through the mind to the brain of the disciple carrying illumination to the astral

i want you to keep very clearly in your mind these distinctions, and to study with care the tabulation earlier given you. illusion, for our purposes, can be understood to signify the reaction of the undisciplined mind to the newly contacted world of ideas. this contact opens up from the moment a man has aligned himself and brought the lower nature into touch with the higher. ideas come to us from the plane of the intuition. the soul illumines the plane of the mind and the plane of the intuition so that they stand revealed to each other and their mutual relationship becomes then apparent. the mind of the man (which is slowly becoming the centre of his consciousness and the major reality in his existence) becomes aware of this new and undiscovered world of ideas and he seizes upon some idea

istorted in its descent to his brain consciousness in several ways. that which he brings to the materialising of the idea and to its transformation into a practical working scheme is as yet wholly unsuitable. the equipment does not suffice for accuracy. the ways in which this distortion and this stepping down of the idea take place might be outlined for you as follows: the passage of an idea from the plane of the intuition to the brain. i. the idea is seen by the mind "held steady in the light of the soul" ii. it descends to the higher levels of the mental plane and there clothes itself with the substance of those levels. it remains still an abstraction, from the angle of the lower mind. this point should be carefully noted by the would-be intuitive. iii. the soul throws its light upward a

an to appropriate an idea as his own, to credit himself with its formulation, and to give therefore undue importance to it, because he regards it as his. he proceeds to build his life around his idea, and to make his aims and his objectives of major importance, expecting others to recognise his proprietorship of the idea. he forgets that no one idea belongs to anyone but, coming as ideas do, from the plane of the intuition, they are a universal gift and possession, and the property of no one mind. his life, as a personality also, becomes subordinated to his idea of an idea, and his ideal of an idea. the idea becomes the dramatic agent of his self-imposed life purpose, driving him from one extreme to another. this leads to illusion through misappropriation. the cause is over-estimation of p

period of the necessary sex transmutation. this went hand in hand with the earliest yoga, or the cult of the physical body with the objective of its control by the soul, and the consequent merging of the conscious and the subconscious. around the aspirants of that time could then be seen gathering the first clouds and fogs of glamour, though illusion was nowhere present. the first recognition of the plane of the emotions, of the astral plane, was evoked in the consciousness of the groups under preparation for the first initiation which was the highest initiation possible at that time. the reason for this slowly emerging astral consciousness in the physically polarised aspirant of that time, was due to the- 64- glamour: a world problem copyright 1998 lucis trust fact that one of the secret

ALICE A BAILEY17 TELEPATHY AND THE ETHERIC VEHICLE

e underlying idea. when you have reached this final stage, hold your consciousness steady at that high point as you (if you are a transmitter) send out the word to the receiver or to the receiving group. receivers should in their turn achieve, as far as they can, complete alignment so as to be responsive to all these four aspects of the word. this method will serve to shift the receiver nearer to the plane where he should function the level of the higher mind. the word goes out upon the life breath of the transmitter; his lower mind then sends out the purpose aspect; his astral consciousness is responsible for sending out the quality aspect; and the form aspect is sent out as he says the word very softly and in a whisper. the above is a good exercise and very simple; telepathic power shoul

om the disciples are associated. particularly should the sensitivity of the ajna centre be developed. b. sensitivity to the state of feeling or to the emotional reactions of those around. this is done through the development of compassion and of sympathy, plus that detachment which will enable one to take right action. c. sensitivity to the thoughts of others through mental rapport with them upon the plane of mind. 3. by all these done also in group formation as well as individually. all the activities mentioned above must constitute group activity. in these three ways the vehicle of the personality can be so conditioned that it can become a sensitive receiving apparatus. when, however, soul-consciousness is achieved or developing, then this triple instrument is superseded by the intuition

inition of the process to which we give, technically, the name: the science of impression. another point to remember is that this science is the basic science of sensitivity; it is the art of all responsiveness to phenomena and is peculiarly applied to the reaction, the recognition, the responsiveness, and the registration of all phenomena to be found throughout the cosmic physical plane. this is the plane whereon our entire threefold planetary life finds expression and which- 34- telepathy and the etheric vehicle copyright 1998 lucis trust we have subdivided (for the sake of clear thinking) into the seven planes (so called) of our solar system from what we call our lowest physical plane up to our highest plane, the logoic. in the earlier stages of responsiveness to the two phases of conta

by and is expressive of the energies which compose the etheric body. these, as will be apparent, are of two natures- 81- telepathy and the etheric vehicle copyright 1998 lucis trust a. the energies which form (through interlocked "lines of forceful energy) the underlying etheric body, as a whole and in relation to all physical forms. this form is qualified then by the general life and vitality of the plane on which the dweller in the body functions, and therefore where his consciousness is normally focussed. b. the particularised or specialised energies by which the individual (at this particular point in evolution, through the circumstances of his daily life and his heredity) chooses to govern his daily activities. 6. the etheric body has many centres of force, responsive to the manifold

f the seven rays. all lesser centres are conditioned by the seven major centres; this is a point which students are apt to forget. it is here that knowledge of the egoic and of the personality rays is of prime usefulness. it can be seen, therefore, how exceedingly important this subject of energy becomes, because it controls and makes the man what he is at any given moment, and likewise indicates the plane on which he should function, and the method whereby he should govern his environment, circumstances and relationships. if this is grasped by him, it will enable him to realise that he will have to shift his whole attention from the physical or the astral planes on to the etheric levels of awareness; his objective will then be to determine what energy should control his daily expression (

on the lower three planes. the fact that we call only that tangible which we can see or touch and contact through the medium of the five senses is entirely wrong. all is regarded as belonging to the world of form which is found on the physical plane, the astral plane and the levels of the lower mind. this lower mental plane, referred to above, includes the level on which the causal body is found the plane in which "the lotus of love is floating" as the old commentary puts it. all that lies above that on mental levels, and on up to the highest of the cosmic physical planes, is formless. these distinctions must be most carefully borne in mind. there is within the human body a wonderful symbol of distinction between the higher etheric levels and the lower so-called physical levels. the diaph

ALICE A BAILEY18 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME III ESOTERIC ASTROLOGY

ay of physical energy; with the working out in the physical vehicle of all divine purposes, and with the physical organisation of a certain great cosmic life. particularly is this so when we view the two hierarchies under consideration. they are the lowest residue of the previous system, and the energy of that matter (liquid, gaseous and dense) which the vibration of the logoic permanent atom (on the plane adi) attracts to itself in the building of the divine form. for purposes of clarification and of generalisation, it might be noted that the seventh hierarchy is the life or energy found at the heart of every atom, its positive aspect, and the sixth hierarchy is the life of the forms of all the etheric bodies of every tangible object. the function of this hierarchy is well described in th

ind of desire and selfish impulse. thus gradually, and with infinite pain, the human soul learns to function first as a member of the human family, and, secondly as a spiritual entity, the divine soul. you will see from the above that certain positions taken by the esoteric astrologer reverse the position of the orthodox astrology of today. the reason for this is that in the descent of ideas from the plane of ideas, they become "reversed" upon the astral plane and subject to the great illusion; astrology must eventually free itself from this reversal. a right understanding of the effect of the various energies and forces will make it apparent that, when the conditioning planetary forces, the expanding energies of the sun sign and the driving energy of the rising sign are all being controll

inevitably to a fresh surge and sweep onwards. these three words crisis, polarisation- 49- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iii: esoteric astrology copyright 1998 lucis trust and sweep are the basis of cyclic law and govern the evolutionary process. from the point of view of humanity, the passage of the sun around the zodiac is apparently a slow and laborious process, taking approximately (on the plane of time) 25,000 years. from the angle of the inner vision, it is a sweep around the path of life, taking only a moment of time and "obliterating past, present and future in the radiant glory of the work accomplished" 2. the crosses and the signs we will follow man from sign to sign as he in travail and pain forges the equipment and develops painfully the mechanism which will enable him t

the freedom of the seven planetary spheres" which the experience of initiation has guaranteed him, after a process of intensive training in one or other of the planetary schools (according to his ray type) and the path of service chosen. you will see, therefore, the significance of the two keywords of the sign aries: 1 "and the word said: let form again be sought" the man 2 "i come forth and from the plane of mind, i rule" the initiate experience leads to rulership and in this sign the man who is embodied first ray force develops the power of organisation, of control over forces, particularly over the energy of death, over the power of destruction applied with love, of dominance over multitudes, of cooperation with the plan and the practice of the will in rightly and correctly guiding and

life is as yet too small to make its presence felt; the involutionary process is yet too close; but in isis the midway point is reached; the quickening of that which is desired (the desire of all nations, as it is called in the bible) has taken place and isis consequently stands in the ancient zodiacs for fertility, for motherhood and as the guardian of the child. mary carries the process down to the plane or place of incarnation, the physical plane, and there gives birth to the christ child. in these three virgins and these three mothers of the christ, you have the history of the formation and the function of the three aspects of the personality through which the christ must find expression. the sign of virgo itself stands for a synthesis of these three feminine aspects eve, isis and mary

nd becomes manifest in its own true nature in the world. putting the same thought in other terms, the light of knowledge of which taurus is the custodian gives place to the light of wisdom of which virgo is the guardian, and yields finally to the light of initiation in capricorn. all this, however, takes place and must take place upon what is esoterically called "the radiant surface of the earth" the plane of form; the assumption or glorification of the virgin has not yet taken place and the raising up of substance is not yet realised. it is interesting to note that scorpio establishes the inevitability of this final assumption of matter into heaven in capricorn, and this is previsioned for us in the story of hercules in scorpio when he raises the hydra high above his head into the air. vi

h these directing planets, the following rays are controlling factors in the chart of the leo subject: 1. the sun 2nd ray love-wisdom. 2. uranus 7th ray organisation or directed manifestation. 3. neptune 6th ray idealistic one-pointedness. devotion to an objective. in the perfected leo, the loving self-conscious soul (2nd ray) carries its power of expression straight through from its own plane to the plane of exterior manifestation, but preserves at the same time its interior control (uranus) and from that point of achievement, proceeds to make its ideal objective (neptune) a fact in consciousness, through sensitivity to the higher vibration and directed intelligent service of the plan. ponder on this summation. when uranus controls, the leo person is significantly the true observer, detac

that is as far as the evolutionary processes have yet taken humanity and hence the critical situation now to be found. the question is: will the bull of desire or the bull of divine illumined expression succeed? this sign is an earth sign and hence the working out of the plan or the fulfilment of desire must be carried out upon the outer plane of living. this will or desire must express itself in the plane of outer living and in the environment whether it is the environment of an individual man, of a nation or of a group of nations. as you know, astrologers have long pointed out that this sign concerns the physical body among other factors, and the health or wholeness of the body is closely connected with the expression of past desire or of present idealism and this is a point to be borne

ALICE A BAILEY20 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME IV ESOTERIC HEALING

used by the fact that: 1. it is the body in which the bulk of human beings are today centering their consciousness. 2. it is the most developed of the bodies at this time, and therefore receives the bulk of the life energy as it comes down the life stream, from the soul, and likewise receives the energy of the stream of consciousness. 3. it is oriented, if i may so express it, outwards or towards the plane of physical experience. that orientation shifts at times and, temporarily in the case of the aspirant, turns inwards. just as the centres in man, the "lotuses of life" are depicted as turned downwards and with the stalk upwards in the undeveloped man, but are turned upwards in the case of the developed, so there are conditions in the astral body analogous to this. in the case of the high

lem of complication (if i might so call it) constitutes a "hard saying" for the student to understand in relation to his own physical condition or to that of any one whom he may be seeking to help. i should like here, in this connection, to give you the third of the laws which govern the sacred art of healing. law iii diseases are an effect of the basic centralisation of a man's life energy. from the plane whereon those energies are focussed, proceed those determining conditions which produce ill health, and which, therefore, work out as disease or as freedom from disease. it will be apparent to you, therefore, that a shift of the inner attention (the mental attitude) of the patient can and will produce either real freedom from physical ills or an intensification of those reactions which p

ces of contamination: a. ancient mistakes, so-called sins and errors of the individual concerned, committed in this life or another earlier incarnation. b. human taints and predispositions, inherited in common with all the rest of humanity. c. planetary evil, incident to the point achieved by the planetary logos and conditioned by planetary karma. 3. it is conditioned by the forces emanating from the plane upon which the man's consciousness is primarily focussed. 4. the five major types of disease, with their allied and subsidiary effects, can and do produce results where the disciple is concerned; he is not immune until after the third initiation. a. the diseases of mystics. however, the disciple is seldom tubercular (except when karmically conditioned, nor is he prone to succumb to the s

natural forms that which the lord of life imposes on his body. these three influences are called "the ancient law of evil sharing" this must give place someday to that new "law of ancient dominating good" which lies behind all that god made. this law must be brought into activity by the spiritual will of man. law iii diseases are an effect of the basic centralisation of a man's life energy. from the plane whereon those energies are focussed, proceed those determining conditions which produce ill health, and which, therefore, work out as disease or as freedom from disease. law iv disease, both physical and psychological, has its roots in the good, the beautiful and the true. it is but a distorted rejection of divine possibilities. the thwarted soul, seeking full expression of some divine c

easure of his need, and his need is the sign of his development. the stanzas i have selected are from the book of imperfections. part fourteen "the seven imperfections issued forth and tainted substance from the highest sphere unto the lowest. the seven perfections followed next, and the two that which is whole and sound and that which is known as detail and unwholesome in an awful sense met upon the plane of physical life (the etheric plane. a.a.b) and there they fought, swinging into the conflict all that they were and had, all that was seen and all that was unseen within the triple ring (the three lower worlds. a.a.b) the seven imperfections entered the seven races of men, each in their own place; they coloured the seven points within each race (the seven planetary centres, transmitting

more and more aspirants in the world begin to function consciously in the realm of causes. there is no questioning in the hierarchy, except upon those matters which touch upon the unpredictable nature of human reactions. even in connection with the uncertain activities of mankind, the masters can usually gauge what will occur, but esoterically they refuse "to ponder on the energies released upon the plane of earthly living, for fear that counter-energies, issuing from the centre where they dwell may negate the truth of man's freewill" i am here quoting one of the masters, speaking at a conference held in 1725. what i have told you in the previous section is to me unquestionable truth and factually proven; to you it may be an adequate hypothesis or a questionable and nonacceptable interpre

hat humanity understands by time is nonexistent. the removal of the barriers of the form, stage by stage, brings an increasing realisation of the eternal now. in the case of those who have passed through the door of death and who still continue to think in terms of time, it is due to glamour and to the persistence of a powerful thoughtform. it indicates polarisation upon the astral plane; this is the plane upon which leading theosophical writers and psychics have worked, and upon which they have based their writings. they are quite sincere in what they say, but omit to recognise the illusory nature of all findings based on astral clairvoyance. the recognition of a pronounced time factor, and the constant emphasis laid upon timing, are characteristic of all highly developed people in incarn

dy on the inner planes, through the shattering of the web. this has a threefold effect: first. the life that had animated the physical form (both dense and etheric) and which had its starting point in the permanent atom, and from thence "pervaded the moving and the unmoving (in god, the heavenly man, and the human being, as well as in the atom of matter, is withdrawn entirely within the atom upon the plane of abstraction. this "plane of abstraction" is a different one for the entities involved: a. for the physical permanent atom, it is the atomic level. b. for man, it is the causal vehicle. c. for the heavenly man, it is the second plane of monadic life, his habitat. d. for the logos, it is the plane of adi. all these mark the points for the disappearance of the unit into pralaya. we need

ALICE A BAILEY22 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME II

his fullest possible contribution to the task in hand. personalities do not enter in. you will remember how some years ago i told you that the personality vehicles are ever left outside the ashram speaking symbolically. this means that the subtler bodies of the personality have perforce to follow the same rules as the physical body they are left outside. remember also that the ashrams exist upon the plane of buddhi or of the intuition. the joint undertaking and the united adhering to the desired and arranged cyclic technique binds all members of the ashram into one synthetic whole; there is therefore no possible controversy or any emphasis upon individual ideas, because no personality vibratory quality can penetrate in the periphery or the aura of an ashram. 3. the planning and the assign

rected thought and mental perception, they can be made objects of human desire. ideas are simply channels for new and desired divine energies; ideals are these ideas changed or reduced into thought forms, and thus presented to the public. ideas telepathically become ideals, which is another phrasing of the old law "energy follows thought" the work of the network of light and goodwill, focussed on the plane of mind, is the utilisation of this knowledge in order to affect the public consciousness. these are points which should be simplified and gradually taught, and in the clearest language, to all triangle members. the work of the triangles is to work with the minds of men, and with a factor which is used and exploited by leaders everywhere; the effort is to impress these minds with certain

ity of the nations of the planet. within the united nations is the germ and the seed of a great international and meditating, reflective group a group of thinking and informed men and women in whose hands lies the destiny of humanity. this is largely under the control of many fourth ray disciples, if you could but realise it, and their point of meditative focus is the intuitional or buddhic plane the plane upon which all hierarchical activity is today to be found. the fifth ray of concrete knowledge is also expressing itself powerfully in the meditation and the reflection of the world scientists in all fields of human interest; in their hands the form of the new civilisation is being constructed. i would remind you that when i use the word "scientist" i refer to all who are working in the

moment of crisis wherein the consciousness hovers upon the border line of revelation" this involves consequently: a. a tremendous pull between the pairs of opposites. b. the existence, as a result, of a field of tension. c. the effort to stand firm at the midway point. i would remind you that this does not refer to the man upon the path of life, pulled as he is between the pairs of opposites upon the plane of desire, but to the soul standing at the midway point between the monad and the personality and preparing to make the great renunciation a renunciation which the personality makes possible and to disappear, leaving the two (personality and monad) perfectly at-one. it is the man, as the soul, in full waking consciousness who takes initiation. hence the emphasis upon soul contact when a

of an unexpected nature and imparts to the initiate certain new and significant results which register as truths to the initiate-consciousness. he discovers that he must learn the divine nature of the destroying aspect of the will; he learns that it is not related, when demonstrating as this particular aspect, to determination or fixed intention, but is a fluid energy which can be directed toward the plane of desire wherever and whenever contacted; he finds out also that, in order to combat this vast and vibrant astral world, an aspect of light must be employed, and that therefore he is being given his first opportunity to work with light under the inspiration of the will as do all the members of the hierarchy; he realises, consequently, that he must employ this aspect of light under the a

nd rearranged so that the plan becomes a series of sequential steps and is not the violent impact of an unrealised idea. it might be said that the spiritual compromise of the disciple (working with the plan) transforms the basic idea (through mental modification) into an acceptable ideal. when the process of modification is completed, the idea in the form of an ideal descends to the astral plane, the plane of the emotions. there it becomes tinctured with the quality which the working disciple believes will make the best appeal to the masses of men with whom he may be working, and particularly to the aspiring intelligentsia. today two qualities are "tincturing" the ideal of the coming civilisation for which all disciples are working: freedom and spiritual security. this is true even if the

by the higher initiates in the work of assembling energies. this energy is perceptive of the stage of redemption attained in the world of appearances as the hierarchy applies the redemptive energies; it is also perceptive of the quality and the stage of activity which the new energies to be assembled must possess. i would call your attention to the fact that this point of revelation is related to the plane of pure reason or to the buddhic plane; this is the lowest of the cosmic etheric levels; it is therefore a plane of "transitional ejection" a level from which the new and assembled energies are "let loose upon the world of outer forms" this process has been greatly facilitated since the entire hierarchy shifted its location (since 1925 a.d) from the higher mental levels to the buddhic pl

ty. 2. the light of the soul, attuned to the light of love, which dominates the hierarchy. 3. the light of the triad, which is an aspect of the spiritual will, and which streams from shamballa. the first thing, therefore, which the aspirant must be taught is to know, past all interior controversy, where he stands upon that part of the path of evolution which stretches across the mental plane into the plane of buddhi, and thus is on the way of the higher evolution. i am here using words symbolically. he must know which of the lights (to which he finds himself responsive) is the light which he must use to make further progress. is the light of the personality to be trained upon the point of soul contact, so that the lower mind becomes the searchlight of revelation? or has the point been reac

ALICE A BAILEY23 THE EXTERNALISATION OF THE HIERARCHY

he instruction given to the intelligent medium and psychic should lead him to a full understanding of himself and of his powers; it should develop those powers without risk and with care, and he should be stabilised in the position of the positive controlling factor. his clairvoyant and clairaudient powers should gradually be perfected, and the right interpretation of what he sees and contacts on the plane of illusion, the astral plane, should be cultivated. thus we shall gradually find emerging in the world a large body of trained psychics whose powers are understood and who function on the astral plane with as much intelligence as they function on the physical plane, and who are preparing themselves for the expression of the higher psychic powers spiritual perception and telepathy. these

tate of consciousness of the mentally polarised people of the race, of the intelligentsia or of those who constitute the link between the inner world of soul life and the outer world of tangible phenomena. in those words the raison d' tre of the mental plane is concisely stated. its function in this connection will be increasingly understood during the next few decades. the masses are negative to the plane of desire and of feeling, and the civilisation of any age is largely the exteriorisation of that particular level of consciousness. the intelligentsia are positive and their positive mental orientation produces the culture of their time, or their race or their community. we have therefore in the human family: masses. negative. responsive to desire. civilisation intellectuals. positive. r

w world order. the second group, the trained observers, will inaugurate the era of light and of a free control of the astral plane, with its quality of freedom from illusion and glamour. this freedom will be brought about when "right observation" takes the place of the disturbed vision of the present, and glamour will be dissipated through the "right direction" of the light of the soul throughout the plane of illusion. the aquarian age will be predominantly the age of synthesis and light. the third group carries the initial impulse through "into the light of day" and will bring the physical world into a condition whereby "the healing of the nations through the arising of the sun of righteousness" will become possible, because the laws of healing (which are basic and fundamental) can be app

ing of the sun of righteousness" will become possible, because the laws of healing (which are basic and fundamental) can be applied and worked out in all departments of life upon the outer levels of appearance for disease is only found in the world of phenomena. as regards telepathic communication between the members of the hierarchy: within itself, the hierarchy functions practically entirely on the plane of mind. this is necessarily essential and for two reasons: 1. the members of the hierarchy have freed themselves from the limitations of brain activity and brain consciousness. they can, therefore, in their essential selves and when they so choose, carry on simultaneously two different lines of activity both of real import. they can pursue their normal avocations upon the physical plane

sation of the hierarchy copyright 1998 lucis trust i earlier told you that, as the race achieves increasingly a mental polarisation through the developing attractive power of the mental principle, the use of language for the conveying of thoughts between equals or of communicating with superiors will fall into disuse. it will continue to be used in reaching the masses and those not functioning on the plane of mind. already voiceless prayer and aspiration and worship are deemed of higher value than the pleadings and proclamations of voiced expression. it is for this stage in the unfoldment of the race for which preparation must be made, and the laws, techniques and processes of telepathic communication must be made plain so that they can be intelligently and theoretically understood. the me

orces which are seeking etheric expression and which emanate from soul levels, via the mind. i have earlier pointed out in a treatise on white magic that the astral plane is itself an illusion. when the first task of the groups working with world glamour is accomplished this will be evident. i can give you as yet no real idea of the underlying meaning, for you are all working in some measure upon the plane of illusion and of glamour, and for you the world illusion exists and the astral plane is for you a fact. but this i can say: for the initiate members of the great white lodge the astral plane does not exist. they do not work on that level of consciousness, for the astral plane is a definite state of awareness even if (from the spiritual angle) it has no true being. it embodies the great

where (esoteric healing. i will here refer to one or two points of more general interest, and to their threefold opportunity. it is of interest to note that the work of this group is perhaps one of the hardest to carry through, although from another angle it is far easier than the task of most of the other groups, because the consciousness of the bulk of humanity is found to be predominantly upon the plane of illusion and therefore, as the old commentary says "they who work to bring in light and yet are surrounded by the maya of the senses, work from the point of present being and need not to move out or in, or up or down. they simply stand" the healers of the world upon the physical plane have to work upon that plane and their task is that of bringing through the energies of life, emanati

ctivity is intended to be the objective of all groups working as this third group, the magnetic healers, should work; thus will be brought about an emergence of hierarchical effort into outer activity. thus you will note, my brother, that the work of the first three groups just discussed, and viewing them as constituting one unit, produces a synthetic endeavour in the three worlds, and leads from the plane of the soul to the plane of outer expression. the work of the seed groups january 1938 we have been endeavouring to apprehend a little more intelligently the work of the new age seed groups, their interrelation and their work as part of the new age "set-up" if i might employ such a term. we considered with some care the three major groups. we saw that each of them had three tasks to perf

ALICE A BAILEY24 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME V THE RAYS AND THE INITIATIONS

as behind and know that god is fire. this means more than its obvious significance. superficially it can mean that when the initiate hears the sound, he leaves behind the desert life of physical incarnation, the emotional life of the- 53- a treatise on the seven rays- volume v: the rays and the initiations copyright 1998 lucis trust astral plane, seething and unstable as the sea, and functions on the plane of mind, of which the symbol is fire. that is the most elementary and obvious meaning, and as this section of a treatise on the seven rays is written for those with initiate understanding, the obvious interpretation will not prove satisfactory. the meaning must be broader and deeper. the words "outward from the desert" have application for the entire life of the incarnated monad in the t

ootrace can sense and approximate it. it is peculiarly related also to the quaternary to which we give the name "personality" composed of a vital or etheric body, a sumtotal of emotional states and a mind, plus that integrated something which we call the whole man. rightly understood and followed, this rule reveals the nature of the fourth plane or fourth state of consciousness, that of buddhi or the plane of pure reason, the intuition. from the angle of the higher initiate, this rule is related to the activity of monad, soul and body within the planetary life, and covers a great mystery and an entire system of relationships of which man in the three worlds is a dim and uncertain shadow. some clue to the higher quaternary dealt with in this rule will emerge dimly in your consciousness (mor

the personality, he discovers that he is a part of a group. this group recognition faulty and unintelligently expressed at first is the factor which enables him to pass, along the anchored thread, into the ashram of a master. from the angle of the old teaching, the ashram of the master and the focus of the hierarchy were on the higher levels of the mental plane. today, that is not so. they are on the plane of spiritual love, of the intuition and of buddhi. the hierarchy is both retreating towards the higher centre of shamballa, and at the same time advancing towards the lower centre, humanity. both these activities have been made possible by man himself; the growing intuitive perception of humanity, in its higher brackets, enables him to function upon the path of discipleship and on higher

ited with tribe to form larger tribes or embryonic nations, this mass effect increased, but there was still but little thinking or direction connected with it; it was largely instinctive and if i might so express it the etheric plane was in reality more in the nature of a matrix surrounding a valuable creation, and was essentially protective, separating and slightly energising. in atlantean days, the plane whereon humanity received its major direction or unfoldment was such that the emotional, impulsive nature and the field of maturing desire became dominantly active. then the real difficulty within the realm of maya started. hitherto only two energies had been felt upon the etheric plane: the energy of life itself, via the sutratma, as it passed through the etheric plane in order to produ

the building process and the destroying process. dying civilisations are present in their final forms whilst new civilisations are emerging; cycles come and go and in the going overlap; the same is also found to be true in the emerging and disappearing of rays and races. death, in the last analysis and from the standpoint of the average human being, is simply disappearance from the physical plane the plane of appearances. the form of destruction we are considering however, is more concerned with the destruction of quality than with forms, though the disappearance of these qualities produces the death of the outer form. the withdrawing life of a great expression of the hierarchical plan absorbs the qualities and returns with them, as endowments, later in time and space and manifests anew th

estation. it is therefore to be realised that the hierarchy is definitely under the impact of energies emanating from the cosmic astral plane, whilst shamballa reacts to influences coming from the cosmic mental plane. the related stream of energy can therefore be seen to be from: 1. the cosmic astral plane. 2. the solar buddhic plane, reflected in our planetary buddhic plane. 3. the astral plane, the plane of glamour in the three worlds. in relation to the mind, you have: 1. the cosmic mental plane. 2. the solar atmic plane, reflected in our planetary atmic plane. 3. the mental plane, the plane of illusion. in connection with the references to glamour and illusion (see glamour: a world problem) it must be borne in mind that the reason glamour predominates and illusion functions in the thre

perceiving consciousness has contacted. when the time factor no longer controls, the interpretations registered by the brain are infallibly correct. i have here given you a major piece of information. you will see, therefore, that in the earlier initiatory process, the factor of time is noted by the initiate and also by the presenting masters. an instance of a slow permeation of information from the plane of initiation to the physical brain can be seen in the fact that very few aspirants and disciples register the fact that they have already taken the first initiation, the birth of the christ in the cave of the heart. that they have taken it is evidenced by their deliberate treading of the way, by their love of the christ no matter by what name they may call him and by their effort to ser

disciple but in another to the dual existence of the master. that distinction is deliberate and intentional. the disciple lives in the three worlds and, until the third initiation, he demonstrates his livingness strictly in relation to the soul and the personality, and therefore strictly to the phenomenal world and to the various levels of the dense cosmic physical plane. the master functions on the plane of being and demonstrates the fact that he eternally is, that he exists as a divine aspect upon the formless levels of the cosmic etheric planes; this is a very different matter to the life of the disciple and to which little attention has been paid. existence, being, essential life, dynamic energy, electric fire are all of them distinctive of the higher initiations; they produce basic d

ALICE BAILEY THE LABOURS OF HERCULES

thought, and reap an action. sow an action, and reap a habit. sow a habit, and reap character. sow character and reap destiny" the two keywords of the sign aries are (from esoteric astrology, volume iii of a treatise on the seven rays, p. 108. received three years after a.a.b. gave the hercules lectures in new york) 1 "and the word said: let form again be sought (the man. 2 "i come forth and from the plane of mind, i rule (the initiate [38] labor ii the capture of the cretan bull (taurus, april 21st- may 20th) the myth the presiding one spoke to the teacher of the man whose light shone forth among the sons of men, who are the sons of god "where is the man who stood with power before the gods, received their gifts and entered through the first wide open gate to labor at his task "he rests

e will emerge that group of aspirants, merging in their turn into a [158] group of disciples, who will demonstrate to the planet the fact of the subjective world. that is the destiny of this race. it will be the achievement of all the races gathered together in the united states. let us narrow the story down to hercules, the aspirant, and what he has done in each sign. in aries, hercules began on the plane of the mind in his endeavor to capture the man-eating mares, and met with failure because he dealt with them in a personality way. he dealt with thought from the standpoint of personality; he did not work with his problem from the standpoint of the soul. in sagittarius he slaughtered the maneating birds. he was back again to the same problem on the plane of the mind where he demonstrated

ity: initiating. beginnings. will or power expresses itself through the great creative processes. in the early stages, activities are directed toward the material side of life; later, toward the spiritual. polar opposite: libra. an air sign (balance. rulers: exoteric, mars; esoteric, mercury. keywords: from the angle of form "let form again be sought; from the angle of soul "i come forth and from the plane of mind, i rule. taurus, the bull element: earth sign (as are also virgo and capricorn- 121- the labours of hercules quality: desire, for the mass of men; will or directed purpose for the disciple. polar opposite: scorpio, water sign (conflict of duality; desire overcome; triumphant discipleship. rulers: exoteric, venus; esoteric, vulcan. keywords: from the angle of form "let struggle be

here..in astronomy, says science, the zodiac is an imaginary [216] belt in the heavens, sixteen or eighteen degrees broad, through the middle of which passes the sun's path (the ecliptic. it contains the twelve constellations, which constitute the twelve signs of the zodiac, and from which they are named. the astrological zodiac proper, however, is an imaginary circle passing around the earth in the plane of the ecliptic, its first point being called aries, 0 degrees. it is divided into twelve equal parts called 'signs of the zodiac, each containing thirty degrees of space, and on it is measured the right ascension of the celestial bodies. the movable or natural zodiac is a succession of constellations forming a belt of 47 degrees in width, lying north and south of the ecliptic" glossary

AN INTRO TO STUDY OF THE KABALAH

eivable eternal power proceeding by successive emanations into a more and more humanly conceivable existence, formulating his attributes into conceptions of wisdom, beauty, power, mercy and governance; exhibiting these attributes first in a supernal universality beyond the ken of all spirits, angels and men, the first word of atziluth; then formulating a reflection of the same exalted essences on the plane of the pure spirits also inconceivable to man, the second word of briah. again is the reflection repeated, and the divine essence in its group of exalted attributes is cognisable to the angelic powers, the third or yetziratic world; and then finally the divine abstractions of the sacred ten sephiroth are by a last emanation still more restricted and condensed than the latter, and are ren

the god of the kabalah is "infinite existence: he cannot be defined as the "assemblage of lives" nor is he truly the "totality of his attributes" yet without deeming all lives to be of him, and his attributes to be universal, he cannot be known by man. he existed before he caused the emanations of h is essence to be demonstrated, he was before all that exists is, before all lives on our plane, or the plane above, or the world of pure spirits, or the inconceivable existence; but then he resembled nothing we can conceive, and was ain suph, and in the highest abstraction ain, alone, negative existence. yet before the manifest became demonstrated, all existence was in him; the known pre-existed in the unknown, who is the "ancient of days" but it is not this dream-like aspect of poetic phantasy

BLAVATSKY H P ANTHROPOGENESIS

fects" how sadly disfigured- applied as they were to the grossest anthropomorphic conceptions- have become, under christian interpretation, the noblest and grandest, as the most exalted, ideas of deity of the eastern philosophy! the occultists call this light daiviprakriti in the east, and light of christos in the west. it is the light of the logos, the direct reflection of the ever unknowable on the plane of universal manifestation. but here is the interpretation thereof given by the modern christians from the kabala. as declared by the author just cited "to the fulness of the world in general with its chiefest content, man, the term elohim-jehovah applies. in extracts from the zohar, the rev. dr. cassell (a kabalist, to prove that the cabbalah sets forth the doctrine of the trinity, amon

y four principles* demons is a very loose word to use, as it applies to a great number of inferior- i.e, more material- spirits, or minor gods, who are so termed because they "war" with the higher ones; but they are no devils* the same order of principles in man- atma (spirit, buddhi (soul, its vehicle, as matter is the vahan of spirit, and manas (mind, the third, or the fifth microcosmically. on the plane of personality, manas is the first[[vol. 2, page] 59 the bodies of brahma. teaches- is at the root of self-consciousness, will understand the reason why. the so-called "demons- who are (esoterically) the self-asserting and (intellectually) active principle- are the positive poles of creation, so to say; hence, the first produced. this is in brief the process as narrated allegorically in

lower part of heaven 3. had been created, 4. they caused their evil work 5. devising with wicked heads. etc. thus we are shown, as plainly as can be, on a fragment which remained unbroken, so that there can be no dubious reading, that the "rebellious angels" had been created in the lower part of heaven, i.e, that they belonged and do belong to a material plane of evolution, although as it is not the plane of which we are made cognizant through our senses, it remains generally invisible to us, and is thus regarded as subjective. were the gnostics so wrong, after this, in affirming that this our visible world, and especially the earth, had been created by lower angels, the inferior elohim, of which, as they taught, the god of israel was one. these gnostics were nearer in time to the records

the others to create men on earth. but the true esoteric meaning is that most of them were destined to incarnate as the egos of the forthcoming crop of mankind. the human ego is neither atman nor buddhi, but the higher manas: the intellectual fruition and the efflorescence of the intellectual self-conscious egotism- in the higher spiritual sense. the ancient works refer to it as karana sarira on the plane of sutratma, which is the golden thread on which, like beads, the various personalities of this higher ego are strung. if the reader were told, as in the semi-esoteric allegories, that these beings were returning nirvanees, from preceding maha-manvantaras- ages of incalculable dura[[footnote(s[[footnote continued from previous page] yogis are shown in the puranas to be far more powerful

there is no potentiality for creation, or self-consciousness, in a pure spirit on this our plane, unless its too homogeneous, perfect, because divine, nature is, so to say, mixed with, and strengthened by, an essence already differentiated. it is only the lower line of the triangle- representing the first triad that emanates from the universal monad- that can furnish this needed consciousness on the plane of differentiated nature. but how could these pure emanations, which, on this principle, must have originally been themselves unconscious (in our sense, be of any use in supplying the required principle, as they could hardly have possessed it themselves? the answer is difficult to comprehend, unless one is well acquainted with the philosophical metaphysics of a beginningless and endless

uman races, became what they are now in the present cycle: opposite polar forces, an equilibrized compound of spirit and matter, of the positive and the negative, of the male and the female. before man could become male and female physically, his prototype, the creating elohim, had to arrange his form on this sexual plane astrally. that is to say, the atoms and the organic forces, descending into the plane of the given differentiation, had to be marshalled in the order intended by nature, so as to be ever carrying out, in an immaculate way, that law which the kabala calls the balance, through which everything that exists does so as male and female in its final perfection, in this present stage of materiality. chochmah, wisdom, the male sephiroth, had to diffuse itself in, and through, bina

of vapours, charged with carbonic acid, that escaped from the soil or was held in suspension in the atmosphere since the commencement of sedimentation, offered a fatal obstacle to the life of human organisms as now known, how, it will be asked, could the primeval men have existed? this consideration is, in reality, out of court. such terrestrial conditions as were then operative had no touch with the plane on which the evolution of the ethereal astral races proceeded. only in relatively recent geological periods, has the spiral course of cyclic law swept mankind into the lowest grade of physical evolution- the plane of gross material causation. in those early ages, astral evolution was alone in progress, and the two planes, the astral and the physical* though developing on parallel lines

etable" and "animal" monad are meant to create a superficial distinction: there is no such thing as a monad (jiva[[vol. 2, page] 186 the secret doctrine. other than divine, and consequently having been, or having to become, human. and the latter term has to remain meaningless unless the difference is well understood. the monad is a drop out of the shoreless ocean beyond, or, to be correct, within the plane of primeval differentiation. it is divine in its higher and human in its lower condition- the adjectives "higher" and "lower" being used for lack of better words- and a monad it remains at all times, save in the nirvanic state, under whatever conditions, or whatever external forms. as the logos reflects the universe in the divine mind, and the manifested universe reflects itself in each

BLAVATSKY H P COSMOGENESIS

on. if one could suppose the eternal infinite all, the omnipresent unity, instead of being in eternity, becoming through periodical manifestation a manifold universe or a multiple personality, that unity would cease to be one. locke's idea that "pure space is capable of neither resistance nor motion- is incorrect. space is neither a "limitless void" nor a "conditioned fulness" but both: being, on the plane of absolute abstraction, the ever-incognisable deity, which is void only to finite minds* and on that of mayavic perception, the plenum, the absolute container of all that is, whether manifested or unmanifested: it is, therefore, that absolute all. there is no difference between the christian apostle's "in him we live and move and have our being" and the hindu rishi's "the universe lives

ts life and by science "energy" then the process takes place[[footnote continued on next page[[vol. 1, page] 12 the secret doctrine. contracts (exhalation and inhalation. when it expands the mother diffuses and scatters; when it contracts, the mother draws back and ingathers. this produces the periods of evolution and dissolution, manwantara and pralaya. the germ is invisible and fiery; the root (the plane of the circle) is cool; but during evolution and manwantara her garment is cold and radiant. hot breath is the father who devours the progeny of the many-faced element (heterogeneous; and leaves the single-faced ones (homogeneous. cool breath is the mother, who conceives, forms, brings forth, and receives them back into her bosom, to reform them at the dawn (of the day of brahma, or manv

of metempsychoses and reincarnations. this is why the hindus say that the universe is brahma and brahm, for brahma is in every atom of the universe, the six principles in nature being all the outcome- the variously differentiated aspects- of the seventh and one, the only reality in the universe whether cosmical or micro-cosmical; and also why the permutations (psychic, spiritual and physical, on the plane of manifestation and form, of the sixth (brahm the vehicle of brahma) are viewed by metaphysical[[footnote(s[[footnote continued from previous page] spirit, an awkward and incorrect expression has to be used, for lack of appropriate words in english. the vedantins call it sutratma (thread-soul, but their explanation, too, differs somewhat from that of the occultists; to explain which dif

also one, androgynous and phenomenally finite. when the radiation radiates in its turn, all its radiations are also androgynous, to become male and female principles in their lower aspects. after pralaya, whether the great or the minor pralaya (the latter leaving the worlds in statu quo, the first that re-awakes to active life is the plastic a'kasa, father-mother, the spirit and soul of ether, or the plane on the surface of the circle. space is called the "mother" before its cosmic activity, and father-mother at the first stage of re-awakening (see comments, stanza ii) in the kabala it is also father- mother-son. but whereas in the eastern doctrine, these are the seventh principle of the manifested universe, or its "atma-buddhi- manas (spirit, soul, intelligence, the triad branching off an

aced in the stanzas, is, so to say, the abstract algebraical formula of that evolution. hence the student must not expect to find there an account of all the stages and transformations which intervene between the first beginnings of "universal" evolution and our present state. to give such an account would be as impossible as it would be incomprehensible to men who cannot even grasp the nature of the plane of existence next to that to which, for the moment, their consciousness is limited. the stanzas, therefore, give an abstract formula which can be applied, mutatis mutandis, to all evolution: to that of our tiny earth, to[[vol. 1, page] 21 proem. that of the chain of planets of which that earth forms one, to the solar universe to which that chain belongs, and so on, in an ascending scale

purposes of ordinary calculation it has no sense "the number seven" says the kabala "is the great number of the divine mysteries" number ten is that of all human knowledge (pythagorean decade; 1,000 is the number ten to the third power, and therefore the number 7,000 is also symbolical. in the secret doctrine the figure and number 4 are the male symbol only on the highest plane of abstraction; on the plane of matter the 3 is the masculine and the 4 the female: the upright and the horizontal in the fourth stage of symbolism, when the symbols became the glyphs of the generative powers on the physical plane- stanza i- continued. 2. time was not, for it lay asleep in the infinite bosom of duration (a[[footnote(s* it is stated in book ii, ch. viii, of vishnu purana "by immortality is meant exis

iates light, and light drops one solitary ray into the waters, into the mother deep. the ray shoots through the virgin-egg; the ray causes the eternal egg to thrill, and drop the non-eternal (periodical) germ, which condenses into the world egg (a (a) the solitary ray dropping into the mother deep may be taken as meaning divine thought or intelligence, impregnating chaos. this, however, occurs on the plane of metaphysical abstraction, or rather the plane whereon that which we call a metaphysical abstraction is a reality. the virgin-egg being in one sense abstract egg-ness, or the power of becoming developed through fecundation, is eternal and for ever the same. and just as the fecundation of an egg takes place before it is dropped; so the noneternal periodical germ which becomes later in[[

the one, three and seven-syllabled oeaohoo of the archaic doctrine; i.e, the one unmanifested logos, the second manifested, the triangle concreting into the quaternary or tetragrammaton, and the rays of the latter on the material plane[[vol. 1, page] 74 the secret doctrine. the kabalists- between the former, the embodiment of divine wisdom in the region of the spiritual, and the latter, evil, on the plane of matter* jesus accepted the serpent as a synonym of wisdom, and this formed part of his teaching "be ye wise as serpents" he says "in the beginning, before mother became father-mother, the fiery dragon moved in the infinitudes alone (book of sarparajni) the aitareya brahmana calls the earth sarparajni "the serpent queen" and "the mother of all that moves" before our globe became egg-sh

BLUE EQUINOX

e stanzas of dzyan in another system. liber ccxxxi. liber arcanorum twn atv tou tahvti qvas vidit asar in amenti sub figur ccxxxi. liber carcerum twn qliphoth cum suis geniis. addentur sigilla et nomina eorum. this is an account of the cosmic process so far as it is indicated by the tarot trumps. liber cd. liber tav vel kabbal trium literarum sub figur cd. a graphic interpretation of the tarot on the plane of initiation. liber lviii. this is an artical on the qabalah in the temple of solomon the king, equinox v. liber lxiv. liber israfel, formerly called anubis. an instruction in a suitable method of preaching. liber lxxxiv. vel chanokh. a brief abstraction of the symbolic representation of the universe derived by dr. john dee through the scrying of sir edward kelly. its publication is at

are but part of an illusion, yet he feels that his own task is not accomplished while there remains any fragment of consciousness thus unemancipated from illusion. here we get into very deep metaphysical difficulties, but that cannot be helped, for the master of the temple knows that any statement, however simple, involves metaphysical difficulties which are not only difficult, but insoluble. on the plane of which reason is lord, all antinomies are irreconcilable. it is impossible for any one below the grade of magister templi even to begin to comprehend the resolution of them. this fragment of the imaginary book of the golden precepts must be studied without ever losing sight of this fact. 3. quoth the teacher: the paths are two; the great perfections three; six are the virtues that tran

comment on verse 49. the highest marriage, that between neschamah and chiah, is accomplished. again, after another manner! the seven portals 101 52. thou hast now crossed the moat that circles round the gate of human passions. by .human passions. must be understood every kind of attraction, not merely gross appetites.which have been long ago conquered, not by excluding, but by regulating them. on the plane of mind itself all is in order; everything has been balanced by its opposite. 53. thou hast now conquered mara and his furious host. the seeker has now passed through the abyss where dwells choronzon whose name is legion. all this must be studied most carefully in liber 418. 54. thou hast removed pollution from thine heart and bled it from impure desire. but, o thou glorious combatant, t

COLLIER IRENE CHINESE MYTHOLOGY

ut into its nine provinces, and set under the government of the flood tamer [yu] himself [after the xia dynasty] the world became familiar, ruled by a human emperor with a normal life span, and marked by the trouble and strife that is the lot of all mortals. for better or worse, we became masters of our own fate, but at a price for the gods, those inhabitants of the celestial plane, withdrew from the plane of the earth, and were our constant companions no longer.5 chinese mythology 62 6 the grand archer yi introduction in many ancient chinese myths, as well as the myths of other cultures, the gods help the people. the archer yi, however, is one of the few mortals who helps the gods, thanks to his great skill with the bow and arrow. like many of our previous tales, this story may have been

DAVID ICKE AND THE TRUTH SHALL SET YOU FREE

up had also given files to congressman mcdonald about cia criminal activities between 1976 and 1982. mcdonald, a member of the joint armed services committee, let it be known that he was going to reveal startling evidence about cia and government corruption when he returned from a trip to the far east. but he did not return. he was on the korean airlines flight 007 shot down by the 'soviet union. the plane's flight computer was reprogrammed to divert the aircraft into russian airspace and they were waiting to shoot it down.56 two 'sides- same masters. bobby kennedy jfk's death triggered a spate of political assassinations in the united states during the 1960s as the new world order imposed itself. his brother bobby kennedy, the attorney general who led the challenge to the lansky syndicate

s to iran, he said, was the payback from bush and his colleagues for the khomeini regime delaying the release of american hostages in the so called "october surprise. this was when the reagan-bush campaign had negotiated with the iranians not to release american hostages until after the election against jimmy carter to prevent carter getting the credit, and therefore the votes, for their release. the plane which flew 51 of the 52 hostages home left iran as reagan and bush were being inaugurated. while all the leading politicians are implicated with, or controlled by, the global elite network, there is great rivalry between some of them and this allows the elite to play them off against each other. even at the higher levels of the pyramid, the personnel are being manipulated by those even n

spectacular failures on both counts. but as a rule they are extremely effective in keeping information that would expose the game from the public. in late 1986, the iran-contra scandal blew. on october 5th, a plane left the ilopango air base in el salvador with arms and ammunition for the contra terrorists in nicaragua. the flight had been coordinated by officials within george bush's office. as the plane came low to make the drop, it was grounded by a sandanista the hidden hand 291 missile. three people died in the crash, but cargo handler, eugene hasenfus, parachuted into the hands of the sandanistas. bush was alerted in a call to his office by drug-runner felix rodrigeuz. the truth was out. or some of it was. the power of the elite channels can be the only explanation of how, despite t

operation for a 'brain tumour' that took away his ability to talk. two months later he was dead. in his presidential election campaign, bush pledged to build a 'kinder, gentler' america. the tower commission was appointed to investigate the iran-contra affair, chaired by our old friend, the texas senator, john tower. this is the same john tower who, according to cia man gunthar russbacher, was on the plane with bush when he flew to paris for the october surprise meeting with the iranians! the john tower who knew the real story of lee harvey oswald. also on the tower commission was brent scowcroft (cfr, tc, bil, a kissinger 'yes man' and an executive of kissinger associates; and ed muskie, another do-as-you're-told politician who could be twisted to suppress the truth. muskie was himself im

DAVID ICKE CHILDREN OF THE MATRIX

just mumbled "the world is not like we think it is" although he rarely drank, he asked for a scotch, and then another. as he relaxed, he told his daughter of a communication he had taken that day from the pilot of a plane that was stationed at the turkish base. the pilot reported that he was flying near the north pole when suddenly his engines stopped and all the electrical systems switched off. the plane then gently lowered itself vertically to the ground and to his disbelief a mountaintop opened up and the plane came to rest inside. what he saw was a scene straight from james bond (which was written by former british intelligence agent, ian fleming. he got out of the plane wondering what the hell was going on and he was met by tall, blond-haired, people with "pearl" coloured skin and "b

self if it were made available. but this same technology was, instead, used to kill thousands of people in a mass murder that he witnessed. the cia (an illuminati agency) had gathered a vast multitude together in ethiopia during the famine. he was in a plane that he thought was flying over the area to cast a vibrational field across the land to stimulate plant growth. when he came to the front of the plane to see what was happening, he saw thousands of people lying dead. they had been killed by the power of the magnetic field because the cia was testing his technology as a weapon that could kill people, but not damage property. he also said that the technology to give us all the power and warmth we need without pollution or utility bills- free energy- has been known for decades. i know thi

DAVID ICKE THE BIGGEST SECRET

in 1995 (see newsweek,november 20th 1995) one of alex christophers specialities is the new denver airportwhich is reputed to be a cover for a deep underground reptilian-human base. it is certainly astrange place. the first time i spoke on these conspiracy subjects in the united states wasin denver in august 1996, and id landed at denver airport with no idea of its35background. even so, as soon as the plane landed id felt a very strange energy, veryweird and unpleasant. the airport was built at enormous cost on open land a long wayfrom denver and it is full of masonic symbols. there are also gargoyles, the winged-reptile figures that you find on the stately homes of the reptilian aristocracy in britainand on the churches and great cathedrals of europe which were built by the brotherhoodnetw

g, he justmumbled: the world is not like we think it is. although he rarely drank, he asked for ascotch, and then another. as he relaxed he told his daughter of a communication he hadtaken that day from the pilot of a plane which was stationed at the turkish base. the pilotreported that he was flying near the north pole when suddenly his engines stopped and allthe electrical systems switched off. the plane then gently lowered itself vertically to theground and to his disbelief a mountain top opened up and the plane came to rest inside.what he saw was a scene straight from james bond. he got out of the plane wonderingwhat the hell was going on and he was met by tall, blond-haired people with pearlcoloured skin and bluish-purple eyes which appeared electrically charged somehow: likelaser eye

this, too.kennedy was killed on november 22nd 1963. this date was the anniversary of theorder or papal bull by pope clement v for the knights templar to be subjected totorture by the dominican inquisition. it was issued on november 22nd 1307. novemberis also the 11th month and if you add that to 22, again you have 33. john and jackiekennedy left fort worth on the morning of november 22nd 1963 and the plane came toa stop at gate 28 at love field airport in dallas. the number 28 is assigned the namebeale in solomonic cabalistic numerology. beale is a word which derives in this way:bel (el, baal, be al, beal, beale. these all relate to sun gods. the 28th degree of theknights templar is the king of the sun degree. jfk was born at 83 beal street,brookline, massachusetts, on may 29th 1917. the p

officer and kennedy look-alike who was supposed to have been shotby oswald with a gun that wasnt working!when jfk was 22, a sculpture was made of him as a winged angel and it waspresented to the v atican where it was used as part of a panel in which the angel hoversover st therese as she writes in a book.17 after the assassination, kennedys body wascode-named angel and the same name was used for the plane, air force 1, which flewhis coffin back to washington.8 both kennedy and oswald were buried in places relatedto arlington. kennedy at the arlington national cemetery near washington dc andoswald at the rosehill cemetery, near arlington, texas. arlington is a word related tofreemasonic sorcery and pertains to necrophilia, a morbid attraction to corpses. oswaldis os or oz, the egyptian sun

DAVIDSON DAN SHAPE POWER

ric energy radiating from the line. 1.4.3 shape power of two parallel lines a pair of lines parallel to each other is similar to the two atoms next to each other; however, in this case aetheric flows in between the two lines would either connect and aether would flow from the atoms in one line to the atoms in the next line, or the flows would repel and the flows would project out perpendicular to the plane between the two lines. the net result of this configuration is a simple plane of aetheric flows around the two lines. the proximity of the lines defines the amount of interaction. again we end up with a lozenge type energy configuration. 1.4.4 shape power of two intersecting lines now the fun begins. when two lines intersect, there is a gradient of aetheric intensity between the two conv

DION FORTUNE MYSTICAL QABALA

terms of our philosophy. however far we push our inquiries back into origins in the world of manifestation, we find a preceding existence. it is only when we are content to draw the veil of negative existence across the path which leads back to beginnings that we get a background against which a first cause becomes visible. and this first cause is not a rootless origin, but a first appearance on the plane of manifestation. thus far and no farther can the mind go back; but we must always remember that different minds go back different distances, and that for some the veil is drawn in one place, and for others in another. the ignorant man goes no further than the concept of god as an old man with a long white beard who sat on a golden throne and gave orders for creation. the scientist will

roth ten forms of the divine name. anyone who has read the bible cannot fail to have observed that god is referred to under divers titles, as the lord, as the lord god, as the father, and by several other appellations. now these are not literary devices to avoid needless repetition, but are exact metaphysical terms, and according to the name used we know the aspect of divine force in question and the plane on which it is functioning. 6. in the world of briah it is held that the mighty archangels carry out the mandates of god and give them expression, and assigned to the sephirothic spheres on the tree in this world are the names of these ten mighty spirits [page 64] mystical qabala page 43 7. in yetzirah it is the choirs of angels, innumerable in their concourse, who carry out the divine c

method of the qabalah is the logical method of dream association; but in the case of the qabalah the dreamer is the racial subconsciousness, the oversoul of the peoples, the earth-spirit. into communion with this earth-soul the adept enters by means of meditation on the prescribed symbols. this is the real import of the tree and its corre spondences. 15. the highest of the four worlds, atziluth, the plane of pure deity, is called by the qabalists the archetypal world. it is also called, in the somewhat clumsy translation of macgregor mathers, the intellectual world. this term is misleading. it is only intellectual as we commonly understand the word as relating to the mind, the rational intellect, in so far as it is the realm of archetypal ideas. but these ideas are entirely abstract, and

of the mars colourscale. mystical qabala page 65 [page 98] 16. the most important forms upon the tree, however, are those associated with the four names of power assigned to each sephirah; with these are associated four colours in which they are conceived to manifest in a symbolic form in each of the four worlds of the qabalists. the highest of these is the god-name, which manifests in atziluth, the plane of spirit, and is the supreme name of power of that sephirothic sphere and dominates all its aspects, whether cosmic, evolutionary, or subjective. it represents the idea underlying the develop ment of manifestation in that sphere; the idea that runs through all subsequent evolution and expresses itself in all ensuing effects and manifestations. 17. the second name of power is that of the

without the right understan4ing of the esoteric aspect of sex, the path is a blind alley. freud spoke the truth to this generation when he pointed to sex as a key to psychopathology; he erred, in my opinion, when he made it the only key to the nine-chambered soul of man. as there can be no health of subconsciousness without harmony of sex-life, so there can be no positive or dynamic working upon the plane of superconsciousness unless the laws of polarity are understood and observed. to many mystics, seekitig refuge from matter in spirit, this may be a hard saying, but experience will prove it a true one; therefore it must be said, though there may be few thanks for saying it. 25. the tremendous down-rush of the chokmah-force invoked through the divine fourlettered name comes from the macr

associated with the idea of manifestation in matter. the two opposing forces find expression in a third, the equilibnum between them, which manifests on a lowe plane than its parents. the triangle is one of the symbols assigned to saturn as the god of densest matter, and the triangle of art, as it is called, is used in magical ceremonies and it is the intention to evoke a to visible appearance on the plane of matter; for other modes of manifestation the circle is used. 53. the three of wands is called the lord of established strength. here again we have the idea of power in equilibrium, which is so characteristic of binah. wands, be it remembered, represent the dynamic yod force. this force, when in the sphere of binah, ceases to be dynamic and becomes consolidated [page 160] mystical qaba

atholic symbolism, and mary equates with marab, bitter, the sea. ave, maria, stella maris! 56. swords are, of course, geburah cards, and as such represent the destructive aspect of binah as kali, the wife of siva, the hindu goddess of destruction. 57. pentacles are cards of earth, and as such are congemal to binah, form. the three of pentacles, therefore, is lord of material works, or activity on the plane of form. 58. it will be observed that, just as the planets have their influence reinforced when they are in those signs of the zodiac which are called their own houses, so the tarot cards, when the significance of the sephirah coincides with the spirit of the suit, represent the active aspect of the influence; and when the sephirah and the suit represent different influences, the card is

causes, and are the victims of what they call the caprices of chance. they are unable to discern subtle conditions, nor can they work out the line that primary impulses will follow, or can be made to follow, when these are coming down, or being brought down, into manifestation. 11. the occultist who does not possess the initiation of chesed will be limited in his function to the sphere of yesod, the plane of maya, illusion. for him the astral images reflected in the magic mirror of subconsciousness will be actualities; he will make no attempt to translate them into terms of a higher plane and learn what they really represent. he will have made himself a dwelling in the sphere of illusion, and he will be deluded by the phantasms of his own unconscious projection. if he were able to functio

DION FORTUNE PSYCHIC SELF DEFENSE

ty of technique. it ranges from the simplest prayer which calls upon christ with the sign of the cross, to the most elaborate rituals of exorcism performed with bell, book and candle. the essence of the system lies in the attempt to dissect out from the general force of good the particular aspect of energy that is needed, and the use of some symbol to act as the magical vehicle of that force upon the plane of form. this symbol may be a mental picture of the blue robe of our lady; it may be the action of making the sign of the cross; it may be the consecrated water sprinkled for token of cleansing; or it may be some object specially magnetised to act as a talisman. in the invocative method the aim is to concentrate the force, and therefore some symbol of form has to be employed. in the medi

being controlled from the subtler plane above it. when we "change gear" consciousness is shifted from a denser to a subtler plane and we begin to move among remoter and remoter causes of which the happenings upon the physical plane are the end-results; we manipulate these causes and the results are immediately effected. when we change gear from the physical to the astral, we find' ourselves upon the plane of psychic consciousness and the lesser magic. supposing a psychic combat is taking place between two occultists, if one of them is of such a grade that he can change gear again, so that consciousness is lifted from the astral to the mental plane, he will be in the sphere of the greater magic and be in full control of the situation. the other can make no stand against him. but what happe

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 1

d into italian. he found hope, and with letters of introduction from ernesto bozzano, he went to london and participated in seances with the medium george valiantine in bradley s home. during one seance, he believed that his son spoke to him in a voice that he recognized and gave other evidential information. a trumpet also produced the particular noise of an airplane engine and then the sound of the plane falling. the performance was an imitation of the airplane of vittorio centurione, of whose tragic death neither valiantine nor bradley knew. in seances held in new york a similarly noisy manifestation, apparently for identification, was noted in the spring of 1928. after the london seances, valiantine had presented the marquis with an aluminum trumpet and begged him to sit for direct voi

arch 5, 1,2 (march/june 1986. some experiments on healing processes. international journal of paraphysics 19, 5,6 (1985. ivunches chilean familiars (see south america) iyi see integral yoga international iynx a chaldean symbol of universal being, the name of which means power of transmission. it was reproduced as a living sphere or winged globe and was said to be projected forth by divine mind on the plane of reality, to be followed by two other beings, called paternal and ineffable, and finally by hosts of iynxs of a subordinate character, called free intelligences. the iynx was described by occultist eliphas levi as corresponding. to the hebrew yod or to that unique letter from which all other letters were formed, and thus related to the jewish mysticism of the sepher yetsirah or book of

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 2

e (1929, there is the interesting note that the spirit of the young aviator vittorio centurione always arrived and departed in his airplane. the coming of the airplane was heard from a distance, then it descended into the seance room with the characteristic noise and flew above as if there was no limit of space and finally stopped. on the first occasion when centurione manifested, the approach of the plane was followed by the sound of falling, hissing, and splashing into the water illustrating the very manner by which this aviator had perished over lake varese. dancing performances and duels were executed for the sitters entertainment at the seances at millesimo castle. in the notes of the seance august 12, 1928, we find: d angelo: here, in the midst of you, a little battle between two rom

phere to the other is effected by gradual refinement of the spiritual body under the effect of the spirit. an impressive conception of after-death states was disclosed in geraldine cummins s the road to immortality (1932, a book said to be dictated by the spirit of f. w. h. myers. according to the chapter the chart of existence, the journey of the soul takes place through the following stages: 1. the plane of matter. 2. hades or the intermediate state. 3. the plane of illusion. 4. the plane of color. 5. the plane of flame. 6. the plane of light. 7. out yonder, timelessness. between each plane or new chapter in experience, there is existence in hades or in an intermediate state when the soul reviews his past experiences and makes his choice, deciding whether he will go up or down the ladder

nd other planets around the sun. psychologically considered, retrograde became symbolic of challenges presented to the inner self. sources: sullivan, erin. retrograde planets: traversing the inner landscape. new york: arkana, 1992. saturn in transet: boundaries of the mind, body and soul. new york: arkana, 1990. summerland the land of bliss of spirits, so named by andrew jackson davis, similar to the plane of illusion described by the claimed spirit of f. w. h. myers in the book the road to immortality by geraldine cummins (1932. summerland is the spiritualist equivalent to the christian heaven. summers, montague (1880.1948) author who wrote about occult history and folklore. alphonsus joseph-mary augustus montague summers was born on april 10, 1880, near bristol, england. he attended a pr

es, trans. the i ching. new york: dover publications, 1963. levi, eliphas. the history of magic. london: w. rider& son, 1913. reprint, new york: samuel weiser, 1970. yoga general term for various spiritual disciplines in hinduism. the word yoga implies yoking (as with oxen to the ox-cart) or union, expressing the linking of man with divine reality. this union is a transcendental experience beyond the plane of words and ideas and has to be achieved by release from the limiting fields of physical, emotional, mental, and intellectual experience. this requires purification at all levels and according to hindu belief might take many lifetimes, but sincere exertions in one birth should bear fruit in the next. yoga s widespread introduction to the west is thought to have begun with swami vivekana

EXTRAORDINARY ENCOUNTERS AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF EXTRATERRESTRIALS AND OTHERWORLDY BEINGS

can be found in archaeological discoveries and ancient myths. each group tended to concentrate its efforts in a particular re g i o n, for example ma rtians in the middle east, ur anians in mexico, and plutonians in china. earth and other planets have undergone much turbulence, much of it caused by the tenth planet, phoenix. this huge planet s three thousand plus year orbit is at right angles to the plane of all the other planets orbits, korsholm explains (korsholm, 1995, and when the other planets are on the same side of the sun as it, its powerful magnetic force field causes havoc on the surfaces of those worlds, both destroying and creating. the planetary council must always monitor the location and effects of phoenix. its members also deal with the periodic arrival of groups from othe

GILBERT THE GOLDEN DAWN TWILIGHT OF THE MAGICIANS

orality places him on a par with the villainous adversary of sherlock holmes, whose namesake he was. he does not seem to have achieved outward prominence in the stella matutina, to which dion fortune belonged, but if there is truth in the claim that 'these stories, far from being written up for the purposes of fiction have been toned down to make them fit for print, thendrmoriarty indeed dwelt on the plane of the secret chiefs.themostentertaining story, and the only one to reveal any255 thing, albeit obliquely, about the ritual workings of the stella matutina isthepowerhouse.thistale concerns the activities of a spurious occultist who acts as a psychic leech upon the women who are lured into his sham magical order. josephus, the occult255 ist, isevidently-andunkindly-modelled upon aleister

GILBERT THE MAGICAL MASON

nconceivable eternal power proce255 eding by successive emanations into a more and more conceiv255 able existence; formulating his attributes into conceptions of wisdom, beauty, power, mercy and governance; exhibiting these attributes first in a supernal universality beyond the ken of all spirits, angels and men, the world of atziluth; then formulating a reflection of the same exalted essences on the plane of the pure spirits also inconceivable to man, the world of briah; again is the reflection repeated, and the divine essence in its group of exalted attributes is cognisable by the angelic powers, the yetziratic world; and then finally the divine abstractions of the sacredtensephiroth are by a last emanation still more restricted and condensed than the latter, and are rendered conceivable

nd worlds to come.'thegodofthe kabalah is 'infinite existence: he cannot be defined asthe'assemblage of lives, nor is he truly'thetotality of his attributes. yet without deeming all lives to beofhim,and his attributes to be universal, he cannot be known by man. he existed before he caused the emanations of his essence to be demonstrated, hewasbefore allthatexistsis,before all lives onourplane, or the plane above, or the world ofpurespirits, or the inconceivable existence;butthen he resembled nothing we can conceive, and was ainsuph,and in the highest abstraction ain alone, negative existence. yet before the manifest became demonstrated, all existence was inhim,theknownpre-existed in the unknown ancient of the ancientofdays.butit is not this dream-like aspect of poetic phantasy exhibited in

deas, and is an emblem of their views on every subject. every deific conception can be there demonstrated; the constitution of the angelic hosts, the principles of man's nature, the group of planetary bodies, the metallic elements, the zigzag flash of the lightning, and the compositionofthe sacred tetragrammaton.thekabalah91this decad of deific emanations is to be conceived as first formulated on the plane of atziluth, which is entirely beyond our ken; to be reproduced on the plane of pure spirituality briah; to exist in the same decad forminthe world of yetzirah or the formative plane; and finally to be sufficiently condensed as to be cognizable by the human intellect on thefourthplane of assiah, on which we seem to exist.fromour point of view we may regard the tree of life as a type of m

elops the tetragrammaton in its religio-physical conceptions, and inri which shines in burn255 ing letters on the cross of the jesus who was christ, or holy, becomes alike 'igne naturae renovatur integra 'nature by fire is renewed in its integrity, and also 'iamin, nour, ruach, iaberschah 'water, fire, air and earth, which again are the yetziratic mothers [hebrew: mem, shin, aleph, and malkuth on the plane of assiah and matter.[text of an instructional paper for golden dawn members, preserved amongst the papers of the revd w. a. ayton.]17.the number fourin relation with the world and mananyone who has a literary turn of mind and possesses leisure time may very well pay a little attention to the notions of symbolism and the use of analogy to be found in books relating to the so-called occul

GILBERT THE SORCERER AND HIS APPRENTICE

ne, but it will pass. and those five are attributed to the five ordinary planets- i do not say with particular accuracy, but still they are so attributed; and the positive side of every vibration is said to be attributed to the sun, and the negative is said to be attributed to the moon. now, when our world began to revolve upon its axis, and also to go round the central sun with poles inclined to the plane of its orbit at a particular angle, it generated two centres offorce, one positive and the other negative; and it generated a double kind of current, a positive current and a negative current, and these currents really account for most of the physical phenomena of the globe. these currents are of different kinds. look at any physical atlas and you can trace some of them; you can see the

, which also again is different from the noth pole or the geographical pole. you will alsos.etraced the prevailing currents of the wind, and of the ocean, and so forth, so that the conclusion you will draw is that there is a species of circulation round the surface of our globe, arising, probably, i might say almost certainly, from it rotation on its axis, and from the inclination of that axis to the plane of its orbit; and two centres, two poles, a positive pole and a negative pole. and these poles govern the tatwic currents, or the life currents, as they pass over the globe. well now, as in the macrocosm so in the microcosm, as above sothetatwas193below, as inthegreat so inthesmall; and we find precisely the same thing in the hatching of an egg.ifyou carefully examine eggs from day to da

o whirling balls;butas a point of fact it is not so.thecircles are concentric within each other, and all on the same plane, so that you might lay the whole solar system practicallyon.atable,ifyou had a table big enough. now that gives us, if we take the orbit of the outermost planet, a great circle, andifwe take the centre ofthatgreatcircle; and drive alineupand down through it at right angles to the plane of the circle, that line constitutes the pole upwards and downwards of that circle. there we have then the solar system. as. a. polar body: now through that hollow sphere, as we said at the beginning, the tatwic currents are running and continuing to run always. that is to say. to interpret it into plain english, there are certain currents of force of somekindor sort. passing through tha

system. we have currents of forces running in definite direction through that hollow sphere; for if they do not run in definite direction, we should have simply linesofforce, lines of vibration, lines of effect running about vaguely, hither and thither, and productive of chaos and not of cosmos.thetatwas203well, now,ifthese premises are correct, it is pretty obvious that the precise direction of the plane of the solar system with regard to the stars must somehow or other have been determined by the action of the forces that created it, and by the forces whose operation first whirled the star mist, the fire mist, into a nebulous form, and then consolidated it into planets.ifthat premise again be accurate, it follows that the precise direction and position of that plane with regard. to the

nebulous form, and then consolidated it into planets.ifthat premise again be accurate, it follows that the precise direction and position of that plane with regard. to the star sphere surroundingitmust beinsome way or other the key to the constitution and nature of the solar system, because it is the key to the operation of the forces which produced it. now that planeisthe plane of the ecliptic, the plane on which, looking from this earth, we see the sun. and round that planeofthe ecliptic, roundthecircle of stars, that is, which is concentric with the plane of the solar system, and which the plane of the solar system would touch if it were extended far enough, there are certain .stars and groups of stars. and it is for that reason that those groups of stars have been always considered to

e solar system which surround it. therefore it is that the materialist must invariably and inevitably be in disharmony with all but the terrestrial and material surroundings. therefore it is that we are told to polarise ourselves to the higher spiritual planes. and therefore again it is that in all occult sciencewe.aredirected especially to the zodiac in the study of astrology, because that fixes the plane from whence the life of the solar system is derived, not the mere terrestrial life, but the life of the whole solar system. and when we can by mental effort place ourselvesin harmony with that life, we draw in vitality from the whole tatwic currents which are running into the solar system- not merely the material life of the body which we obtain by polarising ourselves with the earth- we

t atom composing that planet, anything which has two ends is a polar body. when anything is absolutely a homogeneous or heterogeneous or chaotic mass which has no end and no beginning and no middle, well then it is not a polar body;butdirectly it has two ends it is a polar body; and whether it is accurately or inaccurately polarised depends entirely upon its sphere of action, in other words, upon the plane in which it revolves.ifthatbody points its two endsinthe same direction as the poles of the circle in which it revolves- i care not now whether we are speaking physically or metaphysically- it is accurately polarised; otherwise it is inaccurately polarised, it is in a condition of disharmony and of unrest. andthatrefers to the whole planet, and to every individual on its surface. but wit

l human body. now itfollowsfrom this, that outside of ourselves, and on a higher plan altogether, exists an intellectual, a mental counterpart of ourselves, of each one of us, which perceives, recognises, and directs this physical body. you will, no.doubt, ask, how then does the physical body come into manifestation on the physical plane, and what is the connection binding it to the mental plane, the plane of manas? well, you may find the key to that, which is very difficult to put into words, by an attentive consideration of the cosmic pictures. a picture is formed upon this earth's plane.itgoes off into the air. from the limits of the earth's atmosphere a quick reflection is sent back. that is very slight. the bulk, the strength of the picture, goes out beyond the earth's atmosphere, out

GNOSTIC HANDBOOK

rstanding. the seven planes max heindel model theosophical model divine plane. divine plane. plane of virgin spirits monadic plane. plane of divine spirit spiritual plane plane of life spirit intuitional plane plane of thought mental plane desire plane astral plane physical plane physical plane the divine plane this is the point of origin, the matrix from which all universal systems evolve. it is the plane of the triune principle and on a more tangible level, the dimension from which the upper world operates. the monadic plane from this plane the true self or the pneumatic light self operates in the present cycles, though in most of humanity it is in embryonic form only. in the cycles of creation this is the plane from which polarization and differentiation originated. it is on this level

the monadic plane from this plane the true self or the pneumatic light self operates in the present cycles, though in most of humanity it is in embryonic form only. in the cycles of creation this is the plane from which polarization and differentiation originated. it is on this level that the seven holy spirits operate and direct creation. the gnostic handbook page 39 the spiritual plane. this is the plane of archetypal forms and is the location from which energies from the upper planes are condensed and radiated into the lower. this is the plane on which the immortals exist. the intuitional plane this plane is also known as the intuitional plane. it is the dimension where the forces and archetypes take creative solidity and manifest. on a human level, it is the dimension of high level int

GNOSTIC STUDIES THE GNOSTIC HANDBOOK II GNOSTIC THEURGY

wish to consider that the descriptions of gods, archangels and angels as outmoded, gnostic theurgy page 27 they can still be interpreted as symbolic of other life streams which operate within these alternate realities. to get a more comprehensive picture we should discuss each plane in detail. the divine plane this is the point of origin, the matrix from which all universal systems evolve. it is the plane of kether in the kabbalah and on a more tangible level, the dimension from which the source of light originates. this is the goal for those on the celestial path. the seven planes. four worlds traditional lifeforms (rosicrucian (kabbalah. divine plane. atziluth. source of all light. plane of virgin spirits. atziluth. gods. plane of divine spirit. briah. arch angels. plane of life spirit

spirit. briah. arch angels. plane of thought. yetzirah. angels. desire plane. yetzirah. angels. physical world. assiah. human spirits. from briah through to assiah there are mixtures of light and darkness due to the alpha event. accordingly there are destructive as well as constructive arch angels, demons as well as angels and fallen spirits as well as human spirits. fig 5 gnostic theurgy page 28 the plane of virgin spirits this is also known as the monadic plane. from this plane the true self (yechidah) or the pneumatic light self operates in the present cycles, though in most of humanity it is in a embryonic form only. in the cycles of creation this is the plane from which polarisation and differentiation originates. it is on this level that the seven rays regulate the cycles of creation

rits this is also known as the monadic plane. from this plane the true self (yechidah) or the pneumatic light self operates in the present cycles, though in most of humanity it is in a embryonic form only. in the cycles of creation this is the plane from which polarisation and differentiation originates. it is on this level that the seven rays regulate the cycles of creation. the divine plane and the plane of the virgins spirits are equivalent to the world of atziluth in the kabbalistic fourfold structure. the plane of divine spirit this plane is also known as the spiritual plane. it is the plane of archetypal forms, and is the location from which energies from the upper planes are condensed and radiated into the lower. this is the plane on which the immortals exist. this is the goal for t

ts are equivalent to the world of atziluth in the kabbalistic fourfold structure. the plane of divine spirit this plane is also known as the spiritual plane. it is the plane of archetypal forms, and is the location from which energies from the upper planes are condensed and radiated into the lower. this is the plane on which the immortals exist. this is the goal for those on the terrestrial path. the plane of the life spirit this plane is also known as the intuitional plane. it is the dimension where the forces and archetypes take creative solidity and manifest. on a human level, it is the dimension of high level intuition and cosmic awareness. the plane of the divine spirit and the plane of the life spirit are equivalent to the kabbalistic world of briah. traditionally the alpha event cau

areness. the plane of the divine spirit and the plane of the life spirit are equivalent to the kabbalistic world of briah. traditionally the alpha event caused the fall of everything below the world of atziluth. the worlds of briah, yetzirah and assiah all contain mixtures of light and darkness. however, it is in the desire and the physical planes that the dialectic has gained the most influence. the plane of thought this is also known as the mental plane. here the flood of energy takes the form of reason and thought, the ground plane are formulated and laid. gnostic theurgy page 29 the desire plane the desire plane is also known as the emotional or astral plane. in some traditions it is also seen as the reflective sphere or astral light. the division between the thought and desire plane i

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS Z2

rehearse and reiterate the divine and other names consonant with the working. the spirit should now become fully and clearly visible, and should be able to speak with a direct voice if consonant with his nature. the magician then proclaims aloud that the spirit n. hath been duly and properly evoked in accordance with the sacred rites. u. the magician now addresses an invocation unto the lords of the plane of the spirit to compel him to perform that which the magician shall demand of him. v. the magician carefully formulates his demands, questions, etc, and writes down any of the answers that may be advisable. the master of evocations now addresses a conjuration unto the spirit evoked, binding him to hurt or injure naught connected with him, or his assistants, or the place. and, that he de

a potent invocation of some length, rehearsing and reiterating the divine and other names consonant with the working. the 10 talisman should now flash visibly, or the natural phenomena should definitely commence. then, let the magician proclaim aloud that the talisman has been duly and properly charged or the natural phenomena induced. u. the magician now addresses an invocation unto the lords of the plane of the spirit to compel him to perform that which the magician requires. v. the operator now carefully formulates his demands, stating clearly what the talisman is intended to do, or what natural phenomena he seeks to produce. w. the master of evocations now addresses a conjuration unto the spirit, binding him to hurt or injure naught connected with him, or his assistants, or the place

of the transformation of the astral body. the magician mentally places the form as nearly as circumstances permit in the position of the enterer, himself taking the place of the hierophant, holding his wand by the black portion ready to commence the oration aloud. j. let him now repeat a powerful exorcism of the shape into which he desires to transform himself, using the names, etc, belonging to the plane, planet, or other eidolon, most in harmony with the shape desired. then, holding the wand by the black end, and directing the flower over the head of the form, let him say, in the name of the lord of the universe, arise before me, o form of, into which i 13 have elected to transform myself, so that seeing me men may see the thing that they see not, and comprehend not the thing they behol

as if visibly enshrouding him and still astrally retaining the form, he thrice circumambulates the place of working. t. standing at the east, let him thoroughly formulate the shape which should now appear manifest as if enshrouding him even to his own vision. then let him proclaim aloud, thus have i formulated unto myself this transformation. u. let him now invoke all the superior names, etc. of the plane appropriate to the form that he may retain it under his proper control and guidance. v. he states clearly to the form what he intends to do with it. w. similar to the w.section of invisibility, save that the conjurations, etc, are to be made to the appropriate plane of the form instead of to hnyb. 14 c spiritual development a. the sphere of sensation. b. the augoeides. c. the sephiroth

e, by the invocation of an angelic figure consonant to the process. in this matter, take care not to mislead thy judgment through the action of thine own preconceived ideas, but only relying, after due tests, on the indication afforded thee by the angelic form. know, unless 17 the form be of an angelic nature, its indication will not be reliable, seeing that if it be an elemental it will be below the plane desired. q. the diviner now completely and thoroughly formulates his whole judgment as well for the immediate future as for the development thereof, taking into account the knowledge and indications given him by the angelic form. r. having this result before him, let the diviner now formulate a fresh divination process, based on the conclusions at which he has arrived, so as to form a ba

GRAHAM HANCOCK FINGERPRINTS OF THE GODS

ions which led to his controversial re-dating of tiahuanaco. these, he says, were based solely and exclusively on the difference in the obliquity of the ecliptic of the period in which the kalasasaya was built and that which it is today .1 what exactly is the obliquity of the ecliptic, and why does it make tiahuanaco 17,000 years old? according to the dictionary definition it is the angle between the plane of the earth s orbit and that of the celestial equator, equal to approximately 23 27 at present .2 to clarify this obscure astronomical notion, it helps to picture the earth as a ship, sailing on the vast ocean of the heavens. like all such vessels (be they planets or schooners, it rolls slightly with the swell that flows beneath it. picture yourself on board that ship as it rolls, stand

and predictability of a swiss chronograph, between 22.1 and 1 tiahuanacu, ii, p. 89. 2 collins english dictionary, london, 1982, p. 1015. in addition, dr john mason of the british astronomical association defined obliquity of the ecliptic in a telephone interview on 7 october 1993: the earth spins about an axis which goes through its centre and its north and south poles. this axis is inclined to the plane of the earth's orbit around the sun. this tilt is called the obliquity of the ecliptic. the current value for the obliquity of the ecliptic is 23.44 degrees. graham hancock fingerprints of the gods 84 24.5 .3 the sequence in which one angle will follow another, as well as the sequence of all previous angles (at any period of history) can be calculated by means of a few straightforward eq

tal race we are participating in is the slow march of the seasons. and in the operations of the seasons themselves it is possible to see a wondrous and impartial mechanism at work distributing spring, summer, autumn and winter fairly around the globe, across the northern and southern hemispheres, year in and year out, with absolute regularity. the earth s axis of rotation is tilted in relation to the plane of its orbit (at about 23.5 to the vertical. this tilt, which causes the seasons, points the north pole, and the entire northern hemisphere away from the sun for six months a year (while the southern hemisphere enjoys its summer) and points the south pole and the southern hemisphere away from the sun for the remaining six months (while the northern hemisphere enjoys its summer. the seaso

for the remaining six months (while the northern hemisphere enjoys its summer. the seasons result from the annual variation in the angle at which the sun s rays reach any particular point on the earth s surface and from the annual variation in the number of hours of sunlight received there at different times of the year. the earth s tilt is referred to in technical language as its obliquity, and the plane of its orbit, extended outwards to form a great circle in the celestial sphere, is known as the ecliptic. astronomers also speak of the celestial equator, which is an extension of the earth s equator into the celestial sphere. the celestial equator is today inclined at about 23.5 to the ecliptic, because the earth s axis is inclined at 23.5 to the vertical. this angle, termed the obliqui

he equinoxes. it has rigid and repetitive mathematical qualities that can be analysed and predicted precisely. it is, however, extremely difficult to observe, and even harder to measure accurately, without sophisticated instrumentation. in this, there may lie a clue to one of the great mysteries of the past. graham hancock fingerprints of the gods 232 chapter 29 the first crack in an ancient code the plane of the earth s orbit, projected outwards to form a great circle in the celestial sphere, is known as the ecliptic. ringed around the ecliptic, in a starry belt that extends approximately 7 north and south, are the twelve constellations of the zodiac: aries, taurus, gemini, cancer, leo, virgo, libra, scorpius, sagittarius, capricornus, aquarius and pisces. these constellations are irregul

GRERALD SCHUELER AN ADVANCED GUIDE TO ENOCHIAN MAGICK

tue of the mass of the adept and his karma. two forces impel him:(1) the attraction of binah (2) the impulse of his karma: and the ease and even the safety of his passage depend on the strength and direction of the latter. aleister crowley, liber thisharb exoterically it (ie, the word tcshetra9 means simply-"field" while esoterically it represents "the great abyss" of the kabalists, the chaos and the plane (cteis or yoni, in which the creative energy implants the germ of the manifested universe. in other words they are the purusha and prakriti of kapila, the blind and the cripple producing motion by their union, purusha supplying the head and prakriti the limbs. h.p. blavatsky, the theosophist, vol v, no. 5 (53) one of the most significant milestones in the life of a magician is the crossi

GRIFFIN DAVID MAGICAL EVOCATION OF THE AVERSE FORCES

lygons other than a triangle for use as constrainment devices, since there exists historical precedent in the rosicrucian tradition for this variation. place the triangle of art in the east of the temple or in the direction usually associated with the force. for example, to evoke the demon of air, set up the triangle of art in the west, the quarter toward which the magician should face to skry to the plane of air. one line of tradition then suggests the use of vast amounts of thick, smoky incense for the entity to use as a material basis to appear. in recent decades, however, research has suggested that the smoke method is but a blind, or "smokescreen" for the actual procedure, which is to place a mirror inside the triangle of art.9 for the latter method, arrange the triangle vertically so

HEAVEN HELL

believed that the whole of the habitable world, that is to say, egypt, was surrounded by a chain of mountains lofty and impassable, just like the jebel kaf 2 of muhammadan writers; from one hole in this mountain the sun rose, and in another he set. outside this chain of mountains, but presumably quite close to them, was the region of the tuat; it ran parallel with p. 89 the mountains, and was on the plane either of the land of egypt or of the sky above it. on the outside of the tuat was a chain of mountains also, similar to that which encompassed the earth, and so we may say that the tuat had the shape of a valley; and from the fact that it began near the place where the sun set, and ended near the place where he rose, it is permissible to say that the tuat was nearly circular in form. th

HELENA BLAVATSKY NIGHTMARE TALES

ct of the physical senses; and if perceptionwith its modes is only the result of the organization of the brain, then should we be naturally attracted but tothe material, the earthly. i thought i heard the familiar voice of the bonze interrupting my reflections, andrepeating an often used argument of his in his discussions with me "there are two planes of visions before men" i again heard him say "the plane of undying love and spiritualaspirations, the efflux from the eternal light; and the plane of restless, ever changing matter, the light in whichthe misguided daij-dzins bathe" vii- eternity in a short dreamin those days i could hardly bring myself to realize, even for a moment, the absurdity of a belief in any kindof spirits, whether good or bad. i now understood, if i did not believe, w

iet burg among the styrian alps; nursed "by the native gnomeswho watched over his cradle; growing up in the weird atmosphere of the ghouls and vampires who play sucha prominent part in the household of every styrian and slavonian in southern austria; educated later, as astudent in the shadow of the old rhenish castles of germany; franz from his childhood had passed throughevery emotional stage on the plane of the so-called "supernatural" he had also studied at one time the"occult arts" with an enthusiastic disciple of paracelsus and kunrath; alchemy had few theoretical secrets forhim; and he had dabbled in "ceremonial magic" and "sorcery" with some hungarian tziganes. yet he lovedabove all else music, and above music- his violin. at the age of twenty-two he suddenly gave up his practical s

. his wholeexistence had been one long day of dreams, of melody and sunlight, and he had never felt any otheraspirations. how useless, but oh, how glorious those dreams! how vivid! and why should he desire any better fate? washe not all that he wanted to be, transformed in a second of thought into one or another hero; from orpheus,who held all nature breathless, to the urchin who piped away under the plane tree to the naiads of calirrhoe'scrystal fountain? did not the swift-footed nymphs frolic at his beck and call to the sound of the magic fluteof the arcadian shepherd- who was himself? behold, the goddess of love and beauty herself descendingfrom on high, attracted by the sweet-voiced notes of his violin. yet there came a time when he preferredsyrinx to aphrodite- not as the fair nymph p

HELENA BLAVATSKY THE KEY TO THEOSOPHY

ld and wide significance. i really do not know what spiritualists mean by the term; but what we understand them to claim is that the physical phenomena are produced by the reincarnating ego, the spiritual and immortal "individuality" and this hypothesis we entirely reject. the conscious individuality of the disembodied cannot materialize, nor can it return from its own mental devachanic sphere to the plane of terrestrial objectivity. q. but many of the communications received from the "spirits" show not only intelligence, but a knowledge of facts not known to the medium, and sometimes even not consciously present to the mind of the investigator, or any of those who compose the audience. a. this does not necessarily prove that the intelligence and knowledge you speak of belong to spirits, o

magine, if you can, instead of a solar year of 365 days, eternity. let the sun represent the universe, and the polar days and nights of six months each-days and nights lasting each 182 trillions and quadrillions of years, instead of 182 days each. as the sun arises every morning on our objective horizon out of its (to us) subjective and antipodal space, so does the universe emerge periodically on the plane of objectivity, issuing from that of subjectivity-the antipodes of the former. this is the "cycle of life" and as the sun disappears from our horizon, so does the universe disappear at regular periods, when the "universal night" sets in. the hindus call such alternations the "days and nights of brahm" or the time of manvantara and that of pralaya (dissolution. the westerns may call them

of active karmic law. it is in this rebirth which is ready for it, a rebirth selected and prepared by this mysterious, inexorable, but in the equity and wisdom of its decrees infallible law, that the sins of the previous life of the ego are punished. only it is into no imaginary hell, with theatrical flames and ridiculous tailed and horned devils, that the ego is cast, but verily onto this earth, the plane and region of his sins, where he will have to atone for every bad thought and deed. as he has sown, so will he reap. reincarnation will gather around him all those other egos who have suffered, whether directly or indirectly, at the hands, or even through the unconscious instrumentality, of the past personality. they will be thrown by nemesis in the way of the new man, concealing the old

century in comparison with what it is now! finis glossary absoluteness when predicated of the universal principle, it denotes an abstraction, which is more correct and logical than to apply the adjective absolute to that which can have neither attributes nor limitations. adam kadmon (heb) archetypal man, humanity. the "heavenly man" not fallen into sin. cabalists refer it to the ten sephiroth on the plane of human perception. in the cabala adam kadmon is the manifested logos corresponding to our third logos, the unmanifested being the first paradigmic ideal man, and symbolizing the universe in abscondito, or in its "privation" in the aristotelian sense. the first logos is "the light of the world" the second, and the third, its gradually deepening shadows. adept (lat. adeptus) in occultism

HP LOVECRAFT A DARK LORE

llege, and other things either untrue or irrelevant. naturally, no one paid the least attention to my new wishes- not even my son, whose concern for my health was obvious. the next day i was up and around the camp, but took no part in the excavations. seeing that i could not stop the work, i decided to return home as soon as possible for the sake of my nerves, and made my son promise to fly me in the plane to perth- a thousand miles to the southwest- as soon as he had surveyed the region i wished let alone. if, i reflected, the thing i had seen was still visible, i might decide to attempt a specific warning even at the cost of ridicule. it was just conceivable that the miners who knew the local folklore might back me up. humouring me, my son made the survey that very afternoon, flying over

and solidly vaulted overhead. there would have been rooms opening off on the right, and at the farther end one of those strange inclined planes would have wound down to still lower depths. i started violently as these conceptions occurred to me, for there was more in them than the blocks themselves had supplied. how did i know that this level should have been far underground? how did i know that the plane leading upward should have been behind me? how did i know that the long subterrene passage to the square of pillars ought to lie on the left one level above me? how did i know that the room of machines and the rightward-leading tunnel to the central archives ought to lie two levels below? how did i know that there would be one of those horrible, metal-banded trap-doors at the very bottom

HP LOVECRAFT AT THE MOUNTAINS OF MADNESS

and after a wireless consultation with douglas and thorfinnssen i resolved to take steps toward investigation. the fifth aeroplane, which we had left at the mcmurdo sound supply cache with sherman and two sailors, was in good shape and ready for instant use, and it seemed that the very emergency for which it had been saved was now upon us. i got sherman by wireless and ordered him to join me with the plane and the two sailors at the southern base as quickly as possible, the air conditions being apparently highly favorable. we then talked over the personnel of the coming investigation party, and decided that we would include all hands, together with the sledge and dogs which i had kept with me. even so great a load would not be too much for one of the huge planes built to our special orders

at 7:30; and reported a quiet flight from several points on the wing. they arrived at our base at midnight, and all hands at once discussed the next move. it was risky business sailing over the antarctic in a single aeroplane without any line of bases, but no one drew back from what seemed like the plainest necessity. we turned in at two o clock for a brief rest after some preliminary loading of the plane, but were up again in four hours to finish the loading and packing. at 7:15 a.m, january 25th, we started flying northwestward under mctighe s pilotage with ten men, seven dogs, a sledge, a fuel and food supply, and other items including the plane s wireless outfit. the atmosphere was clear, fairly quiet, and relatively mild in temperature, and we anticipated very little trouble in reach

e same with dogs and men. all the healthier, fatter bodies, quadrupedal or bipedal, had had their most solid masses of tissue cut out and removed, as by a careful butcher; and around them was a strange sprinkling of salt- taken from the ravaged provision chests on the planes- which conjured up the most horrible associations. the thing had occurred in one of the crude aeroplane shelters from which the plane had been dragged out, and subsequent winds had effaced all tracks which could have supplied any plausible theory. scattered bits of clothing, roughly slashed from the human incision subjects, hinted no clues. it is useless to bring up the half impression of certain faint snow prints in one shielded corner of the ruined inclosure- because that impression did not concern human prints at al

d- hints of the revelations which have finally driven danforth to a nervous collapse. i wish he would add a really frank word about the thing which he thinks he alone saw- even though it was probably a nervous delusion- and which was perhaps the last straw that put him where he is; but he is firm against that. all i can do is to repeat his later disjointed whispers about what set him shrieking as the plane soared back through the wind-tortured mountain pass after that real and tangible shock which i shared. this will form my last word. if the plain signs of surviving elder horrors in what i disclose be not enough to keep others from meddling with the inner antarctic-or at least from prying too deeply beneath the surface of that ultimate waste of forbidden secrets and inhuman, aeon-cursed d

derground secrets beyond human penetration. looking back to our sensations, and recalling our dazedness at viewing this monstrous survival from aeons we had thought prehuman, i can only wonder that we preserved the semblance of equilibrium, which we did. of course, we knew that something- chronology, scientific theory, or our own consciousness- was woefully awry; yet we kept enough poise to guide the plane, observe many things quite minutely, and take a careful series of photographs which may yet serve both us and the world in good stead. in my case, ingrained scientific habit may have helped; for above all my bewilderment and sense of menace, there burned a dominant curiosity to fathom more of this age-old secret- to know what sort of beings had built and lived in this incalculably gigant

nking with such whispered prehuman blasphemies as valusia, r lyeh, ib in the land of mnar, and the nameless city of arabia deserta. as we flew above that tangle of stark titan towers my imagination sometimes escaped all bounds and roved aimlessly in realms of fantastic associations- even weaving links betwixt this lost world and some of my own wildest dreams concerning the mad horror at the camp. the plane s fuel tank, in the interest of greater lightness, had been only partly filled; hence we now had to exert caution in our explorations. even so, however, we covered an enormous extent of ground- or, rather, air- after swooping down to a level where the wind became virtually negligible. there seemed to be no limit to the mountain range, or to the length of the frightful stone city which bo

d, depressed line, while the land assumed a somewhat greater ruggedness, seeming to slope slightly upward as it receded in the mist-hazed west. so far we had made no landing, yet to leave the plateau without an attempt at entering some of the monstrous structures would have been inconceivable. accordingly, we decided to find a smooth place on the foothills near our navigable pass, there grounding the plane and preparing to do some exploration on foot. though these gradual slopes were partly covered with a scattering of ruins, low flying soon disclosed an ampler number of possible landing places. selecting that nearest to the pass, since our flight would be across the great range and back to camp, we succeeded about 12:30 p.m. in effecting a landing on a smooth, hard snow field wholly devoi

attering of ruins, low flying soon disclosed an ampler number of possible landing places. selecting that nearest to the pass, since our flight would be across the great range and back to camp, we succeeded about 12:30 p.m. in effecting a landing on a smooth, hard snow field wholly devoid of obstacles and well adapted to a swift and favorable take-off later on. it did not seem necessary to protect the plane with a snow banking for so brief a time and in so comfortable an absence of high winds at this level; hence we merely saw that the landing skis were safely lodged, and that the vital parts of the mechanism were guarded against the cold. for our foot journey we discarded the heaviest of our flying furs, and took with us a small outfit consisting of pocket compass, hand camera, light provi

HP LOVECRAFT THROUGH THE GATES OF THE SILVER KEY

phases of that same archetypal and eternal being, caused by a variation in the angle of the consciousness-plane which cuts it. randolph carter at all ages; randolph carter and all his ancestors, both human and pre-human, terrestrial and preterrestrial; all these were only phases of one ultimate, eternal "carter" outside space and time- phantom projections differentiated only by the angle at which the plane of consciousness happened to cut the eternal archetype in each case. a slight change of angle could turn the student of today into the child of yesterday; could turn randolph carter into that wizard, edmund carter who fled from salem to the hills behind arkham in 1692, or that pickman carter who in the year 2169 would use strange means in repelling the mongol hordes from australia; could

INITIATION INTO HERMETICS

in contact with high light-entitites, too, in exactly the same manner, but in this case the mirror is not to be loaded with akasa, but with concentrated light, similar to a sun. no doubt that with the aid of the mirror method you will be able to visit lower spheres too, for example that of the elements and the beings there. in this case, you have to load the mirror with the respective element of the plane you wish to visit. passing through the mirror, the form of the respective plane has to be adopted equally. if you wish to visit the kingdom of the goblins, not only the mirror must be loaded with the earth element, but your own spirit has to be imaginatively transformed in the shape of a gnome and to be filled entirely with the earth element. the same thing comes to pass with the spirits

JESSUP MK THE CASE FOR THE UFO

would appear to be free of mass, and actually it would be free of mass, because only the force beam would move, not the air. yet in resisting the impingement of a bird, a plane, or perhaps a meteor, it would have mass, and a very destructive mass at that. a pilot flying a plane into such a body would have no warning. yet if such a thing were a few hundred yards in diameter, its mass in resisting the plane would be thousands of pounds, perhaps tons. the analogy to a ship hitting an iceberg would be very close. if such a force island were formed in the upper atmosphere, it might be very possible for it to have many of the physical characteristics of a solid body, and yet in matters of illumination it could behave exactly as any other auroral phenomena. in this connection we must remember th

d: the following has no obvious reference or necessary position. 2000 watt cyclotron, built 1948, n.y. state gives proof of the actuality of "solidity" in force-fields (sic) however, is not recognized yet, or thought of yet as tool. if such a congealment were possible, consider the result of crossing the two beams at the exact aerial position of a flying plane and congealing the air around and in the plane. could you, in this way, hold a plane in suspension, or even carry it away? could you, by a similar concentration of beams, freeze two aviators on the sands of the arabian desert, and carry them away? could you freeze a man and instantly lift him out of sight, or cause him to be invisible within the block or frozen air or oxygen? could you freeze the crew of a ship, and remove them from

r 21, and 28, 1924, bears careful consideration. on july 24, 1924, at a time of arab hostility, flight lieutenant, w.t.day, and pilot officer, d.r.stewart, were sent from british headquarters upon an ordinary reconnaissance flight over a desert in 100 mesopotamia. according to scheduled flight plan they would not be absent more than a few hours. the men did not return, and they were searched for. the plane was soon found, easily spotted in the desert. why it should have landed was the problem "there was some petrol in the tank. there was nothing wrong with the craft. it was, in fact, flown back to the aerodrome" but the men were missing "so far as can be ascertained, they encountered no meteorological conditions which might have forced them to land" there were no marks to indicate that the

the desert. why it should have landed was the problem "there was some petrol in the tank. there was nothing wrong with the craft. it was, in fact, flown back to the aerodrome" but the men were missing "so far as can be ascertained, they encountered no meteorological conditions which might have forced them to land" there were no marks to indicate that the plane had been shot at. in the sand around the plane were seen footprints of day and stewart "they were traced, side by side, for some forty yards from the machine. then, as suddenly as if they had come to the brink of a cliff, the marks ended" the landing of the plane was unaccountable. but, accepting that as a minor mystery, the suggested explanation of the abrupt ending of the footprints was that day and stewart had been captured by hos

ards from the machine. then, as suddenly as if they had come to the brink of a cliff, the marks ended" the landing of the plane was unaccountable. but, accepting that as a minor mystery, the suggested explanation of the abrupt ending of the footprints was that day and stewart had been captured by hostile bedouins, who had brushed away all trails in the sand, starting from a point forty yards from the plane. but hostile bedouins could not be thought of brushing indefinitely and a search was made for a renewal of traces. airplanes, armored cars, and mounted police searched. rewards were offered. tribal patrols searched unceasingly for four days. nowhere beyond the point in the sand where the tracks ended abruptly were other tracks to be found. what is there about that account that would lead

board. their progeny proved to be of good stock& are highly regarded undersea explorers or soverning "men. l-ms were in stasis, thus not visible. i suggest that these two men were abducted by some levitating power which suddenly pulled them off the ground after compelling them to land and walk away from their plane to a point where they could be levitated without injury to themselves or damage to the plane. on november 25, 1809, benjamin bathurst, returning from vienna, where he had been a representative of the british government, stopped in the small town of perleberg, germany. in the presence of his valet and secretary he was examining the horses which were to take his coach further along its way to england. under observation, he walked around to the other side of the horses and vanished

o land at the airport at santiago, chile, at 5:45 pm, she sent out a signal stating her time of arrival. that is just four minutes from the airport, almost within sight of the control tower. at the end of the message came a word "stendec" loud and clear and given out very fast. the chilean air force operator, at santiago, queried the word which he did not understand. he heard it twice repeated by the plane. no explanation of the word has ever been found. nothing further was heard from the plane although calls were sent out. the plane never arrived, and from that day to this the mystery has never been solved. searchers were made by ski troops and planes and by skilled mountaineers and automobiles over an area of 250 square miles, in vain. that plane carried a crew of five men and there were

KNOWLEDGE LECTURE TWO

re lion leo kerub of earth bull taurus kerub of water eagle scorpio tetragrammaton means 'four-lettered name' and refers to the unpronounceable name of god symbolized by 'jehovah. the laver of water of purification refers to the waters of binah, the female power reflected in the waters of creation. the altar of burnt offering for the sacrifice of animals symbolizes the qlippoth, or evil demons of the plane contiguous to and below the material universe. it points out that our passions should be sacrificed. the qlippoth are the evil demons of matter and the shells of the dead. the altar of incense in the tabernacle was overlaid with gold. ours is black to symbolize our work which is to separate the philosophic gold from the black dragon of matter. this altar diagram shows the ten sephiroth w

LEADBEATER C W THE HIDDEN LIFE IN FREEMASONRY 2E

it is written elsewhere that the father fs house has many mansions; many levels and resting-places for his creatures in their different conditions and degrees of progress. it is these levels, these planes and sub-planes, that are denoted by the rungs and staves of the ladder. and of these there are, for us in our present state of evolutionary unfoldment, three principal ones; the physical plane, the plane of desire and emotion, and the mental plane, or that of the abstract intelligence which links up to the still higher planes of the spirit. these three levels of the world are reproduced in man. the first corresponds with his material physique, his sense-body; the second with his desire and emotional nature, which is a mixed element resulting from the interaction of his physical senses an

and book, and learns of the benefactors of humanity- sages, artists, scientists, inventors and legislators. all of these exemplify the unity of mankind, since they live not for themselves alone, but with a clear consciousness of the happiness and sorrows of mankind, and a great desire to help and to give. here is expressed that quality of human nature which springs from the principle of buddhi on the plane beyond the mental, where there is direct intuitional vision of the unity of life. 601. beyond this is the last and fifth stage, which the candidate treads with his hands free, ready to take up any instrument that is required at any moment. in this he learns of service- that the highest ideal of life is to serve. well do the brethren sing: 602. thou shalt show me the path of life; in thy

LEADBEATER CW GLIMPSES OF MASONIC HISTORY

rm a background to the life of the people in it. it must always be borne in mind that under these conditions they are really merely reflections from the ceaseless activity of a great consciousness upon a far higher plane. 30. but if the trained investigator turns his attention especially to any one scene, or wishes to call it up before him, an extraordinary change at once takes place, for this is the plane of thought, and to think of anything is to bring it instantaneously before you. for example, if a man wills to see the record of the landing of julius caesar in england, he finds himself in a moment standing on the shore among the legionaries, with the whole scene being enacted around him, precisely in every respect as he would have seen it if he had stood there in the flesh on that autu

rial, the body of the candidate was raised from its sepulchre, and borne into the outer air at the eastern side of the great pyramid, so that the first rays of the rising sun might awaken him from his long sleep. 200. it was at this initiation that the candidate was carried up into heaven, to receive an expansion of consciousness on the spiritual plane, often called the atmic or nirvanic. that is the plane of absolute union, and that consciousness knows all from within, is one with all and in all. the initiate thus was made the right hand of him from whom he came, being now pledged for ever to the service of god and man, and it was to be his work henceforward to guide the living and the dead towards the hidden light in which alone is peace. the great truth that all power which is gained is

LEWIS JAMES SATANISM TODAY AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF RELIGION FOLKLORE AND POPULAR CULTURE

the otherworld, one needs to create a space in this case the circle within which the rate of vibration can be modified. in occult traditions, the other dimensions are understood as constituting a series of different realms or planes, arranged according to rate of vibration. it is the subtle energies found in these other realms that one manipulates during magical operations. in occult literature, the plane closest to the physical is referred to as the etheric plane, and the subtle energies of this realm are often termed etheric energies. etheric energies are subdivided into four categories according to the four classical elements of greek philosophy earth, air, fire, and water and hence are sometimes also referred to as elemental energies. it is from these etheric energies that the magicia

LIBER 777

lediction and death khbn 32 bis alchemy, geomancy, making of pantacles[[travels on the astral plane] kbn 31 bis invisibility, transformations, vision of the genius. table i (continued) 15 xlvii. kings and princes of the jinn. xlviii. figures related to pure number. xlix* lineal figures of the planets &c, and geomany. 0. the circle 1. the point 2. the cross the line, also the cross 3. the triangle the plane, also the diamond, oval, circle, and other yoni symbols 4 tetrahedron or pyramid, cross the solid figure 5 the rose the tesseract 6 calvary cross, truncated pyramid, cube. 7 a rose (7 x 7, candlestick 8. 9. 1010 altar (double cube, calvary cross sephirothic geomantic figures follow the planets. caput* and cauda draconis* are the nodes of the moon, nearly= neptune and herschel respectivel

LIBER DCLXXI VEL PYRAMIDOS

o strokes on bell. banishing spiral dance: the words against the son of night tahuti speaketh in the light. knowledge and power, twin warriors, shake the invisible; they roll asunder the darkness; matter shines, a snake. sebek is smitten by the thunder. the light breaks forth from under. he goes to the west, in the centre of the base of the triangle of (m, asi (a, and hoor (c: o thou, the apex of the plane, with ibis head and phoenix wand and wings of night! whose serpents strain their bodies, bounding the beyond. thou in the light and in the night art one, above their moving might! he lays the wand, etc, on the altar, uses the scourge on his buttocks, cuts a cross with the dagger upon his breast and tightens the chain of the bell about his forehead, saying: 2 liber dclxxi the lustral wate

pyramid proceed as in the building, unto the word .suns. the magus with wand] in his left hand the bell he taketh: hail! asi! hail, hoor-apep! let the silence speech beget! two strokes on bell. banishing spiral dance: the words against the son of night (etc, to .breaks forth from under) he goes to the west, in the centre of the base of the triangle of (m, asi (a, and hoor (c: o thou, the apex of the plane (etc, to .art one, above their moving might) he lays the wand, etc, on the altar, uses the scourge on his buttocks, cuts a cross with the dagger upon his breast and tightens the chain of the bell about his forehead, saying: the lustral water! smite thy flood (etc) anointing the wounds, say: the fire informing! let the oil (etc) the invoking spiral dance: so life takes fire from death, an

LIBER LVII

up the paths which join them upon the tree of life, namely the letters. it is important to explain the position of daath or knowledge upon the tree. it is called the child of chokmah and binah, but it hath no place. but it is really the apex of a pyramid of which the three first numbers form the base. now the tree, or minutum mundum, is a figure in a plane of a solid universe. daath, being above the plane, is therefore a figure of a force in four dimensions, and thus it is the object of the magnum opus. the three paths which connect it with the first trinity are the three lost letters or fathers of the hebrew alphabet. in daath is said to be the head of the great serpent nechesh or leviathan, called evil to conceal its holiness (cjn= 358= hycm, the messiah or redeemer, and tywl= 496= twkl

MAGIC AND SPELLS

resistance: yes,(see text) claws of darkness blacklight evocation [darkness] level: darkness 3, sor/wiz 3 components: v, s, m casting time: 1 action range: close (25 ft+ 5 ft./2 levels) area: a 20-ft.-radius emanation centered on a creature, object, or point in space duration: 1 round/level (d) saving throw: will negates or none (object) spell resistance: yes or no (object) you draw material from the plane of shadow to cause your hands and forearms to elongate and change shape into featureless claws of inky blackness. starting on your next action, you may use the- claws to make unarmed attacks as if they were natural weapons (you attack with one claw and can use the other claw for an off-hand attack. if you have multiple attacks you use them normally when attacking with the claws) attacks

MANLY P HALL THE SECRET TEACHINGS OF ALL AGES

this temple that equal honor might be conferred upon both the odd and the even numbers. here, with appropriate sacrifice, each king renewed his click to enlarge the scheme of the universe according to the greeks and romans. from cartari's imagini degli dei degli antichi. by ascending successively through the fiery sphere of hades, the spheres of water, earth, and air, and the heavens of the moon, the plane of mercury is reached. above mercury are the planes of venus, the sun, mars, jupiter, and saturn, the latter containing the symbols of the zodiacal constellations. above the arch of the heavens (saturn) is the dwelling place of the different powers controlling the universe. the supreme council of the gods is composed of twelve deities--six male and six female--which correspond to the pos

te to what corporeal member, organ, or disease, the herb or other substance is related. the favorable positions in relation to the time of year are shown by the signs of the zodiac, each house of which is divided by crosses into its three decans. this influence is further emphasized by the series of planetary signs placed on either side of the figure. click to enlarge the equinoxes and solstices. the plane of the zodiac intersects the celestial equator at an angle of approximately 23 28. the two points of intersection (a and b) are called the equinoxes. p. 54 25,920 years (authorities disagree concerning these figures) this retrograde motion is called the precession of the equinoxes. this means that in the course of about 25,920 years, which constitute one great solar or platonic year, eac

yramids demonstrate the relative proportions of energy and substance entering into the composition of the fifteen planes of being. it will be noted that the ascending pyramid of substance touches but does not pierce the fifteenth sphere--that of limitless and eternal life. likewise, the descending pyramid of energy touches but does not pierce the first sphere--the grossest condition of substance. the plane of the sun is denominated the sphere of equality, for here neither energy nor substance predominate. the mundane monochord consists of a hypothetical string stretched from the base of the pyramid of energy to the base of the pyramid of substance. p. 82 described will not produce the various tones ascribed to them. in all probability, therefore, pythagoras actually worked out his theory o

them behind him. from these rocks there sprang forth a new and stalwart race of human beings, the rocks thrown by deucalion becoming men and those thrown by pyrrha becoming women. in this allegory is epitomized the mystery of human evolution; for spirit, by ensouling matter, becomes that indwelling power which gradually but sequentially raises the mineral to the status of the plant; the plant to the plane of the animal; the animal to the dignity of man; and man to the estate of the gods. the solar system was organized by forces operating inward from the great ring of the saturnian sphere; and since the beginnings of all things were under the control of saturn, the most reasonable inference is that the first forms of worship were dedicated to him and his peculiar symbol--the stone. thus th

ertain of the ancients, differing with paracelsus, shared the opinion that the elemental kingdoms were capable of waging war upon one another, and they recognized in the battlings of the elements disagreements among these kingdoms of nature spirits. when lightning struck a rock and splintered it, they believed that the salamanders were attacking the gnomes. as they could not attack one another on the plane of their own peculiar etheric essences, owing to the fact that there was no vibratory correspondence between the four ethers of which these kingdoms are composed, they had to attack through a common denominator, namely, the material substance of the physical universe over which they had a certain amount of power. wars were also fought within the groups themselves; one army of gnomes woul

llows: a 1 to a 10, atziluth, the boundless world of divine names. b 1 to b 10, briah, the archangelic world of creations. c 1 to c 10, yetzirah, the hierarchal world of formations. d 1 to d 10, assiah, the elemental world of substances. each of these worlds has ten powers, or spheres--a parent globe and nine others which conic out of it as emanations, each globe born out of the one preceding. on the plane of atziluth (a 1 to a 10, the highest and most divine of all the created worlds, the unmanifested ain soph established his first point or dot in the divine sea--the three spheres of x. this dot--a 1--contains all creation within it, but in this first divine and uncontaminated state the dot, or first manifested. god, was not considered as a personality by the qabbalists but rather as a di

l two suppliants or acolytes. the back of the papal throne is in the form of a celestial and a terrestrial column. this card signifies the initiate or master of the mystery of life and according to the pythagoreans, the spiritual physician. the illusionary universe in the form of the two figures (polarity) kneels before the throne upon which sits the initiate who has elevated his consciousness to the plane of spiritual understanding and reality. in the pseudo-egyptian tarot the master wears the ur us. a white and a black figure--life and death, light and darkness, good and evil--kneel before him. the initiate's mastery over unreality is indicated by the tiara and the triple cross, emblems of rulership over the three worlds which have issued from the unknowable first cause. the sixth number

contracted disc, a tangible substance; and chaos came into existence. table vi, figures 55-59. figure 55 symbolizes the chaos of lucifer; figure 56, the separation of light from darkness; figure 57, the light in the midst of the darkness; and figure 58, the regions of the elements and their inhabitants. the four a's signify the abyss surrounding all things. the a b is the fiery throne of lucifer. the plane of g is the subterranean air; f, the subterranean water; c, the earth region; d, the outer water; e, the outer air, w and x the region of schamayim. the elemental inhabitants of the planes differ in goodness according to their proximity to the center of wickedness (a b. the earth's surface (c) divides the subterranean elementals from those of the outer water, air, and fire (d, c, and x

MEANING OF MASONRY

r is it within the law governing the process of spiritual evolution, for any who has not experienced the stage of mystical death to have experience of that which lies beyond that death. as an unborn physical infant can know nothing of this world, in which nevertheless it exists, until actually initiated into it by birth, so the embryonic spiritual child cannot be born into conscious function upon the plane of the spirit until it has become entirely detached from the enfolding carnal matrix and tendencies to which it has been habituated. the second and third points can be considered together. the re-arrangement of the factors constituting the ceremonial temple are symbolic of a structural re-arrangement which has occurred in the candidate's own psychical organization. this has undergone a r

en deity and man's lower nature to promote the latter's salvation and perfection. we have previously shown how the master mason must be his own high priest and" walk upon" the chequered floor-work of his elementary nature by learning to trample upon it. thus the three principals form a unity figuring man's spiritual pole in its triple aspects; they represent the summit of his being as it lives on the plane of the spirit--holy, royal, supreme blissful because in a state of holiness or wholeness; royal because a son of the king of all; powerful because of its power to subdue, transmute and redeem all that is be low its own purity and perfection. 4& 5. ezra and nehemiah. in the great mystery system of egypt, which long anteceded the hebrew system, the regenerate candidate, who had achieved th

MICHAEL FORD WITCHMOON

, through the abyss. qlipoth the qliphoth/qlippoth is a hebrew term for the region of the astral plane where demons, vampires, ghouls and other sinister spirits dwell. most of these beings, according to kenneth grant are "habitations of the phantom forms generated by sexual desires and morbid cravings constantly produced by dwellers of earth (8) within the realm of the qlipoth, subsisting through the plane of da'ath, is the greatest depth of night where the great red dragon sleeps. among the coils of the dragon are the shells of the dead, the spirits or lower demonic energies which flow between the dreams of the serpent. these demonic forces must not be trusted, however but controlled and sent forth to work your will. the vampiric sorcerer will over time, gain enough psychic strength to op

MICHAEL TSARION ATLANTIS ALIEN VISITATION AND GENETIC MANIPULATION

ry jain text, speaking of earlier records)now v ata s chariot s greatness! breaking goes it, and thunderous is its noise, to heaven ittouches, makes light lurid [a red fiery glare, and whirls dust upon the earth. the airplane occupied by salva was very mysterious. it was so extraordinary that sometimesmany airplanes would appear to be in the sky, and sometimes there were apparently none.sometimes the plane was visible and sometimes not visible, and the warriors of the yadudynasty were puzzled about the whereabouts of the peculiar airplane. sometimes they wouldsee the airplane on the ground, sometimes flying in the sky, sometimes resting on the peak ofa hill and sometimes floating on the water. the wonderful airplane flew in the sky like awhirling firebrand- it was not steady even for a mom

MICHAEL W FORD THE VAMPIRE GATE

witch or sorcerer who is able to attend the sabbat has already freed the mind through a process of antinomian magical practice, thus enforcing and strengthening the imagination as a visualization tool, similar to divination and sight with spirits. shades spirits of the dead, ghosts and phantoms which walks in the astral plane. these spirits may represent in some cases the body of the sorcerer in the plane of the dead, a world separate in some areas from our own living perception. in evocation and necromantical practice, the shades are brought around and closer to the world of the living. sorcery the art of encircling energy and power of self, by means of self -fascination (inspiration through the imagination. sorcery is a willed controlling of energies of a magical current, which is respo

MICHAEL WYNN THE SOUL TRAVELERS

e are, of coarse, perfectly logical concerns that some people would label pessimistic. but honestly, what good is optimism if the plan sucks? if the plan sucks, worry and pessimism may be the only thing that saves you from an undesired, and perhaps quite likely, fate. despite all this, the power of intention cannot be denied. although our thoughtless airplane passenger did not actually intend for the plane to crash, subconsciously we all grasp the power of the wish. it is upon these wishes that the magician constructs his( and yours) reality. the things a magician paints with his mind become real, and visible by all the beings in the land of thoughts and dreams. a magician doesn t merely hold a wand, he uses it project energy he visualizes, and when he paints invisible pentagrams in the ai

MICHAEL W FORD NOX UMBRA

sharp and cruel canines, your nails growing long and sharp, your ringers becoming bone thin, your face distorts and elongates into a snout, you grow taller, your flesh underneath the fur is corpse -gray .you stand on two legs, the in-between form of a human- wolf. feel this form, mold your shadow into this shape, that in the dreaming hours when you desire, you may take this form and go forth unto the plane of the ghost roads "i walk in the twilight, i am the beast noble and strong, in this the wolfs skin i am shadow and darknes! am as ahriman, the form of the abyss! moyset, herren come forth unto my being, for we are as one "sah umpesha zrazza masehaka hekas" so it is done. the ritual of entering of black eden a vampyric samhain ritual of becoming "as the circle is cast, we who partake of

MOTTA MARCELO THE COMMENTARIES OF AL

s. thus, quinine is 'good' for a malarial patient, but 'evil' for the germ of the disease. heat is 'bad' for ice-cream and 'good' for coffee. the indivisible essence of things, their 'souls, are indifferent to all conditions soever, for none can in any way affect them. although this last sentence is grammatically wrong, we left it as written as proof of how hard it is to discuss certain truths on the plane of the intellect. aleister crowley was a master of the english language;yet, in trying to express something that transcends reason, he committed an error of syntax that any modern secretary would avoid! the problem was that he was caught in the quandary that the "indivisible essence" is simultaneously one and many! hence the 'error' lay readers should understand that when a.c. writes "he

ngly that all gods g capital, that is to say 'true gods' and all men deified by legend or deceit that is to say 'false gods' are fools. how come? it is a key. distinction is clearly made between the two types: one are gods; the other is men. the key is that both types are adored, which, as verses 7-9 established, is wrong. wrong for aspirants, of course. the 'gods 'are fools that is, they reached the plane of consciousness of the fool of the tarot. the 'men' are also fools the common, abundant variety. technically, an initiate can be called a god only after crossing the abyss. however, masters of the temple do not become known, therefore cannot be adored. it is those of the grade following, the magi, who become known. it is the curse of their grade that they must speak truth so that the fa

o kill out the sense of 'sin, with its false shame and its fear of nature. p.s. the gnostic mass is intended to supply this need. liber xv. it has been said continuously in california for some years. c. was wrong. the verse states quite clearly "as she stands bare and rejoicing in my secret temple" the temple is secret. worship of nu is reserved for her 'chosen which means, those who love her. on the plane of religions, the influence of the law consists in making them tolerate each other, so that all men may worship in the temple or manner of their choice, without interference even from those whose theory of the universe is utterly contrary to theirs. see liber oz, and chapter 35 of liber aleph. also, the atheist has as much right to his opinion as anybody else, and perhaps more "there is

the symbol of godhead in egypt was the ankh, which is a sandal-strap, implying the power to go; and it suggests the rosy cross, the fulfilment of love, by its shape. the wheel and the circle are evidently symbols of nuit; this sentence insists upon the conception of lingam-yoni. but beyond the obvious relation, we observe two geometrical definitions. the axle is a cylinder set perpendicularly to the plane of the wheel; thus hadit supplies the third dimension to nuit. it suggests that matter is to be conceived as two-dimensional; that is, perhaps, as possessed of two qualities, extension and potentiality. to these hadit brings motion and position. the wheel moves; manifestation now is possible. its perception implies three-dimensional space, and time. but note that the mover is himself not

ONYX TABLET OF SET

thing. the priesthood is not based on play. the second degree is based on play. no adept ever contemplates with agony quitting the ii. there is no priest that has not thought long and hard about quitting the temple. learning in the iii does not come from the easy parts, it comes from the hard parts. and if you don't have the need awakened in you, the hard parts are too tough. you should return to the plane of play, because that is the noble action. onyx tablet: ot.o.4.17 temple of set author: don webb v date: may 23, 1998 ce revision: html revision: june 11, 1998 ce the need for work in the setian system work consists of doing the priestly job when both when it is hard and when it is tedious. as an adept, many things were clear to you- ah, they should throw out that bum or why don't we let

t need, i am a writer. if i could turn on and off, i would be a dabbler. dabblers have more fun. dabblers can sometimes produce better work. but dabblers work on their terms, on the terms of the subjective universe. writers, like priests, work on the terms the world hands them- on the terms ofthe objective universe. if that's not the bargain you need to make with the prince of darkness, return to the plane of play. you will be showing wisdom and self-knowledge, and you will enjoy the support of those in the plane of work. if you feel you need to return to the plane of play, discuss it first with your recognizing masters, so that you may be sure. then discuss witht he high priest, so that he can help take care of any administrative details. slow and stately decisions are better for your sou

RABBI MOSHE WISNEFSKY APPLES FROM THE ORCHARD THE ARIZAL ON THE PARASHAH

hesed-gevurah-tiferet, and netzach-hod-yesod. the role played by each gright-member, h gleft-member, h and gcenter-member h of these triads is similar to the corresponding member in the other triads. in our case, chochmah, chesed, and netzach are all right-members, or gmale h principles relative to their respective left-members. in this sense, netzach can be considered a projection of chesed onto the plane of active relationship; chesed can be considered a projection of chochmah onto the plane of emotion, and so forth. he ascended to chesed, which is referred to in this verse as gyour birthplace. h [chesed is called gbirthplace h] because any drop of fertile seed is from chesed, which is ghidden in the mouth of ima, h as is known. although we said above that intellect is prerequisite for p

or the intellectual and emotional intentions it invested into performing these commandments. the two hei fs become manifest as the two levels of the garden of eden because the form of the hei indicates expansion into dimensions: the three lines that make up the hei indicate the three dimensions of breadth, length, and depth (the disconnected leg of the hei is seen as a line going perpendicular to the plane defined by the two connected legs. in order for the soul to experience divinity, it has to assume gdimensions, h that is, it has to be expressed in a way that a sentient being can integrate it into its own consciousness. this gtranslation h of divinity into a form that the soul can integrate is indicated by the doubling of the hei. the second hei latent within the first is revelation of

REGARDIE ISRAEL THE COMPLETE GOLDEN DAWN

kerub of earth-bull-taurus w kerub of water-eagle-scorpio tll or. tetragrammaton means four-lettered name and refers to the <121> unpronounceable name of god symbolised by jehovah. the laver of water of purification refers to the waters of binah, the female power reflected in the waters of creation. the altar of burnt offmmnfgo r the sacrifice of animals syrnbolises the qlippoth or evil demons of the plane contiguous to and below the material universe. it points out that our passions should be sacrificed. the qlippoth are the evil demons of matter and the shells of the dead. the altar of incense in the tabernacle was overlaid with gold. ours is black to symbolise our work which is to separate the philosophic gold from the black dragon of matter. this altar diagram (page 123) shows the ten

ut does not stand in front of him. frater.,as in the grade of neophyte, you came out of the world to the gateway of hidden knowledge, so in this grade you pass through the gate-way and come into the holy place. you are now in the court of the tabernacle, where stood the altar of burnt offering, whereon was offered the sacrifices of animals, which symbolised the qlippoth or evil demons who inhabit the plane contiguous to and below the material universe. dadouchos makes cross in air with censer, and censes neophyte in silence with three forward swings. between the altar and the entrance into the holy place, stood the laver of brass wherein the priests washed before entering the tabernacle. it was the symbol of the waters of creation. stol. makes cross with water on neophyte's forehead and sp

of the grade of= 0. in this diagram are represented the circle, the point, the line, the cross, the square and the cube. for the circle is the abyss, the nothingness, the ain. the point is kether. now, the point has no dimension, but in moving, it traces the line. this gives the first number- unity- yet therein, lies duality unmanifest, for two points markits ends. the movement of the line maketh the plane or square thus (indicates. the motion of the point at angles to its first direcritual of the portal tion and intersecting it maketh the cross. so therefore, are the square and the cross but one symbol, deriving from the circle and the point. below, is shown the occult symbol of malkuth, the tenth sephirah. it is in four parts, corresponding to the maltese cross. they are fire of earth, w

even more necessary when working with the planets than with the signs of the zodiac. when thou shalt desire to punfy or consecrate any place, thou shalt per294 the golden dawn: volume ill book four form the lesser banishing ritual of the hexagram, either in conjunction with, or instead of that of the pentagram, according to the circumstances of the case. for example, if thou hast been working on the plane of the elements before, it will be well to perform the lesser ritual of the pentagram before proceeding to work of a planetary nature, so as thoroughly to clear the places of forces which, although not hostile or evil of themselves, will yet not be in harmony with those of an altogether different plane. and ever be sure that thou dost complete the circle of the place wherein thou workest

things, by black for mundane, by blue for sagittarius or by red for fiery triplicity, you are, when invoking, to direct the white extremity to the quarter desired. when banishing, point the black end to that quarter. the wand is never to be inverted, so that when very material forces are concerned, the black end may be the most suitable for invocation, but with the greatest caution. in working on the plane of the zodiac, hold the wand by the portion you refer to between the thumb and two fingers. if a planetary working be required, hold the wand by the portion representing the day or night house of the planet, or else by the sign in which the planet is at the time. r i day house-capricorn i night house-aquarius y i day house-sagittarius i night house-pisces d i day house-aries i night hous

se and reiterate the divine and other names consonant with the working. that spirit should now become fully and clearly visible, and should be able to speak with a direct voice, if consonant with his <165> nature. the magician then proclaims aloud that the spirit n. hath been duly and properly evoked in accordance with the sacred rites. u-the magician now addresses an invocation unto the lords of the plane of the spirit to compel him to perform that which the magician shall demand of him. i v-the magician carefully formulates his demands, questions, etc, and writes down any of the answers that may be advisable. the master of 384 the golden dawn: volume 111 book five evocations now addresses a conjuration unto the spirit evoked, binding him to hurt or injure naught connected with him, or hi

potent invocation of some length, rehearsing and reiterating the divine and other names consonant with the working. the talisman should now flash visibly, or the natural phenomena should definitely commence. then let the magician proclaim aloud that the talisman has been duly and properly charged, or the natural phenomena induced. u-the magician now addresses an invocation unto the lords of the plane of the spirit to compel him to perform that which the magician requires. v-the operator now carefully formulates his demands, stating clearly what the talisman is intended to do, or what natural phenomena he seeks to produce. w-the master of evocations now addresses a conjuration unto the spirit, binding him to hurt or injure naught connected with him, or his assistants, or the place. he

the transformation of the astral body. the magician mentally places the form as nearly as circumstances permit in the position of the enterer< 176> himself taking the place of the hierophant, holding his wand by the black portion ready to commence the oration aloud. j-let him now repeat a powerful exorcism of the shape into which he desires to transform himself, using the names, etc, belonging to the plane, planet, or other eidolon, most in harmony with the shape desired. then holding the wand by the black end, and directing the flower over the head of the form, let him say 'ln the name of the lord of the universe, arise before me, 0 form of, into which i have elected to transform myself. so that seeing me men may see the thing that they see not, and comprehend not the thing they behold" k

RITUALS OF THE SOCIETAS ROSICRUCIANIS IN ANGLIA

all i crave. catharine de medice youshall be answered, the plottings of yourself and counsellors shall not escape me, else there is noruling divinity in heaven222s astrology. where then will be my reward. i could be foolhardy onwardto claim the second at the throne. one line more and the conjunction is complete. well, i must wait.now, watch the astrolabe. but see, the projection of the spheres on the plane of the meridian, the lineis passed and francis the second, your fate is sealed. again see, by poison to be administered in theear. the secret222s, but hold, who comes, that stealthy step and listening ear. you222d betray my secret.but what want you?the conductor and philosophus give the sign.cond. of n: brother, and yet father, you know us not, we gave the secret battery twice, and not b

RUBY TABLET OF SET

e graeco-roman world had made possible, and which resulted from the contact of greece and rome with the thought of the east. 6. the mystic diagrams it is very probable, therefore, that in these diagrams squares may represent treasures or the substance-side, while circles may represent gods or the energy-side- but these can interchange, for the substance of one plane or phase becomes the energy of the plane below. the three strokes seem to represent the potential triad or trinity latent in all manifestation, and this triad acting within the tetrad of the squares produces the infinite ordering into twelves or dodecads. we should also recollect that in all probability we have only a very faulty reproduction of these diagrams, for we have to take into account the translating and copying and re

n and again i reach, take, and store. my pockets are infinite in number; each is filled in turn. the dizziness is almost gone. now amn comes to where i sit in the ritual chambre, and draws me forth before the altar. he gives me the kiss of life, and then the kiss of death. these opposites bound the infinite wheel. they balance the wheel, and my balance is complete. i return to my seat. i stand on the plane, before the little flower, one flower among others, of many sizes, colors, shapes. i reach into a pocket, and lay a pinch of something at its base. i water the flower, and it grows taller. i toss a pinch of something else, and watch the flower grow tall, almost as tall as i stand. but something is wrong; the flower is weak. i toss a different pinch onto the flower, and the flower cringes

e base, the first lower plane. they have called these chakras. this represents security. elevating this to the region that is known as the genitals, visualized as a pink flower symbolizing water (element- this is the second lower plane of life sensations (food, sexual, etc, the water solution of life that runs in the veins- pleasures, sensations. raising it yet further to the third lower level of the plane of life, it is symbolized as a sickly yellow globe (this was visualized as a pale yellow with "hints" of pale green; its element is fire, power (tied to the umbilical- ego, falsified with conceit. the first triangle symbolized the base (or foundation) of the three lower planes. now, elevate this power known as the serpent one. not through meditation (i sensed that was done incorrectly) a

SALMANRUSHDIE THESATANICVERSES

aper cups, blankets, oxygen masks. also- for there had been more than a few migrants aboard, yes, quite a quantity of wives who had been grilled by reasonable, doing-their-job officials about the length of and distinguishing moles upon their husbands' genitalia, a sufficiency of children upon whose legitimacy the british government had cast its everreasonable doubts- mingling with the remnants of the plane, equally fragmented, equally absurd, there floated the debris of the soul, broken memories, sloughed-off selves, severed mothertongues, violated privacies, untranslatable jokes, extinguished futures, lost loves, the forgotten meaning of hollow, booming words _land _belonging _home. knocked a little silly by the blast, gibreel and saladin plummeted like bundles dropped by some carelessly

f them masked, all handsome, they were actors, too, they were stars now, shootingstars or falling, and they had their own stage-names. dara singh buta singh man singh. the woman was tavleen. the woman in the dream had been anonymous, as if chamcha's sleeping fancy had no time for pseudonyms; but, like her, tavleen spoke with a canadian accent, smooth-edged, with those give-away rounded o's. after the plane landed at the oasis of al-zamzam it became plain to the passengers, who were observing their captors with the obsessive attention paid to a cobra by a transfixed mongoose, that there was something posturing in the beauty of the three men, some amateurish love of risk and death in them that made them appear frequently at the open doors of the airplane and flaunt their bodies at the profes

ed in saladin chamcha's lap; followed in quick time by its former owner. eugene dumsday fell tongueless and insensate into the actor's arms. eugene dumsday gained his freedom by losing his tongue; the persuader succeeded in persuading his captors by surrendering his instrument of persuasion. they didn't want to look after a wounded man, risk of gangrene and so on, and so he joined the exodus from the plane. in those first wild hours saladin chamcha's mind kept throwing up questions of detail, are those automatic rifles or sub-machine guns, how did they smuggle all that metal on board, in which parts of the body is it possible to be shot and still survive, how scared they must be, the four of them, how full of their own deaths. once dumsday had gone, he had expected to sit alone, but a man

s during which the remaining hostages closed their eyes and prayed, because they were always most afraid when the hijackers showed signs of weakness- everything settled down into what began to feel like normality. twice a day a solitary vehicle carried food and drink to _bostan_ and left it on the tarmac. the hostages had to bring in the cartons while the hijackers watched them from the safety of the plane. apart from this daily visit there was no contact with the outside world. the radio had gone dead. it was as if the incident had been forgotten, as if it were so embarrassing that it had simply been erased from the record "the bastards are leaving us to rot" screamed man singh, and the hostages joined in with a will "hijras! chootias! shits" they were wrapped in heat and silence and now

g of the hostages, a young man with a goatee beard and close-cropped curly hair, awoke at dawn, shrieking with fear because he had seen a skeleton riding a camel across the dunes. other hostages saw coloured globes hanging in the sky, or heard the beating of gigantic wings. the three male hijackers fell into a deep, fatalistic gloom. one day tavleen summoned them to a conference at the far end of the plane; the hostages heard angry voices "she's telling them they have to issue an ultimatum" gibreel farishta said to chamcha "one of us has to die, or such" but when the men returned tavleen wasn't with them and the dejection in their eyes was tinged, now, with shame "they lost their guts" gibreel whispered "no can do. now what is left for our tavleen bibi? zero. story funtoosh" what she did:

am i right or what "yes. you sound crazy "then what the hell" he wailed "is going on in my head" o o o the longer he spent without going to sleep the more talkative he became, he began to regale the hostages, the hijackers, as well as the dilapidated crew of flight 420, those formerly scornful stewardesses and shining flight-deck personnel who were now looking mournfully moth-eaten in a corner of the plane and even losing their earlier enthusiasm for endless games of rummy- with his increasingly eccentric reincarnation theories, comparing their sojourn on that airstrip by the oasis of al-zamzam to a second period of gestation, telling everybody that they were all dead to the world and in the process of being regenerated, made anew. this idea seemed to cheer him up somewhat, even though it

ndri, and motioned with her finger. our patience has been exhausted, she announced, we have sent repeated ultimatums with no response, it is time for the first sacrifice. she used that word: sacrifice. she looked straight into jalandri's eyes and pronounced his death sentence "you first. apostate traitor bastard" she ordered the crew to prepare for take-off, she wasn't going to risk a storming of the plane after the execution, and with the point of her gun she pushed jalandri towards the open door at the front, while he screamed and begged for mercy "she's got sharp eyes" gibreel said to chamcha "he's a cut-sird" jalandri had become the first target because of his decision to give up the turban and cut his hair, which made him a traitor to his faith, a shorn sirdarji _cut-sird. a seven--le

trophe, and then another twenty-five minutes of insistence _but he telephoned, it was his voice- while at the other end of the phone a woman's voice, professionally trained to deal with human beings in crisis, understood how she felt and sympathized with her in this awful moment and remained very patient, but clearly didn't believe a word she said _i'm sorry, madam, i don't mean to be brutal, but the plane broke up in mid-air at thirty thousand feet. by the end of the call pamela chamcha, normally the most controlled of women, who locked herself in a bathroom when she wanted to cry, was shrieking down the line, for god's sake, woman, will you shut up with your little good-samaritan speeches and listen to what i'm saying? finally she slammed down the receiver and rounded on jumpy joshi, who

STEINER RUDOLF CHRISTIANITY AS MYSTICAL FACT

ce more to life in the form of present human existence. something like this had been achieved by the initiates in the higher stages of the mysteries. but there it had a mythical image-character. the initiates of osiris experienced a resurrection on the level of image-consciousness. in the life of christ, initiation in the great mysteries was added to the stage of buddha-initiation, not however on the plane of mythological images but as a real event. the life of the buddha demonstrated that the human being is in essence the divine logos (word; when our earthly part perishes, we return to the logos, to the light. but in jesus, the logos takes on existence as an actual man, the word becomes flesh. 98 christianity as mystical fact the ritual pattern enacted by the mystery-cults of the ancient

TELESMATA AND FLASHING TABLETS

eated, it would mean a loss of vitality in you as it would pull or drain additional force from you to combat the opposing force. flashing tablet exercise after the construction and consecration of a flashing tablet, let the adept each morning sit before it and practice clairvoyance, endeavoring to either skry it or travel in the spirit vision to the place it represents. once the adept has reached the plane, the adept should then invoke the power and ask for the strength to accomplish the matter desired. additional information and methods for a full ceremonial talisman consecration can be found in the z-documents. the above method is appropriate, especially for flashing tablets where a certain force is required. in elemental workings, the grade opening is extremely effectite2-4 telesmatic f

THE BLACK LODGE

structure of our existence as egos. the four great princes of the damoniac world, described by "abraham the jew" in the sacred magic of abramelin the mage exist, not only in the qliphoth but in ourselves; they make part of the forces that compose the structure of our brains. it would be extremely difficult to define here what faculties they especially stimulate or fight in us, for this depends on the plane where we try to consider their influence. let us merely assert tht they act as demons when they interfere with our initiatic progress, and act as servants of the logos when they cooperate with us in our spiritual evolution. please note that since those entities do exist as parts of ourselves, if we do not subordinate them in us to our true will they will hinder our initiatic process. if

ic disturbance. let us consider then the false masters, those unhappy souls that allow the demons complete possession of their faculties: how do they work? simple: they offer consolation, moral support, prosperity, and even material wealth; they encourage the use of magickal forces to keep the physical body in good shape. in exchange, they demand one thing only: the stagnation of consciousness on the plane in which it manifests at the time the aspirant comes under their influence; the perpetuation of personal servitude. you have complete freedom under them, until you try to be different. then, they jump o you with both feet, or more. for this, and other reasons, it is written in al ii 48 "i console not: i hate the consoled& the consoler" and also, al ii 7" come unto me is a foolish word: f

THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL

e. frost declined, joining instead canadair fs training and simulator group. his son christopher was born in october 1954 in montreal, and his daughter sandra in april 1957, also in montreal. on one assignment frost visited chile when an f-86 had landed on a jungle strip near a remote mountain village, and its engine refused to start. the group needed about four days to locate the problem and get the plane flown out of there. in those four days in the village, frost got his first taste of religion and healing as practiced by shamans. the villagers could not believe that an outsider, especially a caucasian, would have any interest in their procedure or would be receptive toward it. but frost saw many parallels in what they were doing to what he had been taught in the coven in england and ha

radio contact with the fort lauderdale air base, but after some mechanical difficulties they failed to switch to an emergency frequency. radio recordings indicate that some of the crew believed they were heading out over the atlantic ocean, instead of the gulf of mexico as their leader reported. a search plane took off and was claimed to have disappeared into the bermuda triangle with flight 19. the plane actually blew up 23 seconds after takeoff. wreckage from flight 19 has never been recovered. other aircraft that have disappeared in the area include a dc-3 carrying 27 passengers in 1948 and a c-124 globemaster with 53 passengers in 1951. among the ships often listed among the mysteriously disappeared are the mary celeste (1872, the marine tankership sulphur queen with 39 men aboard (19

THE KEY TO THE MYSTERIES

te the work of his creator, and every instant employed by him to improve himself or to 268 destroy himself, is decisive for all eternity. it is by the conquest of an intelligence eternally clear and of a will eternally just, that he constitutes himself as living for eternal life, since nothing survives injustice and error but the penalty of their disorder. to understand good is to will it, and on the plane of justice to will is to do. for this reason the gospel tells us that men will be judged according to their works. our works make us so much what we are, that our body itself, as we have said, receives the modification, and sometimes the complete change, of its form from our habits. a form conquered, or submitted to, becomes a providence, or a fatality, for all one's existence. those str

THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES

eing the thing were 'bugs' until i looked into the sky last night" charles dunn, an inspector for u.s. steel, declared on april 30 "it was flapping its wings and moving quite fast at about 3,000 feet altitude and it appeared to be illuminated by a dull glow. it looked about the size of a piper cub plane but there was no engine sound and it was not a plane. i could hardly believe my eyes" although the plane-sized bird was seen sporadically during the next decade, the flying saucers stole the limelight. the air force and the amateur investigators chose to pursue the more exciting martians and venusians. but the figure of a man with "wings like a bat" dressed in tight-fitting black clothes and surrounded by an eerie glow startled three people in houston, texas, on june 18, 1953 "i could see h

distinctive drone of an airplane engine and the obvious silhouette of a small plane emerged from the cloud, wing and taillights flashing. it buzzed off at an altitude of three or four thousand feet and we laughed at ourselves, momentarily convinced that our ufo had just been an airplane. however, the more i thought about the incident the more incredible it seemed. we should have been able to see the plane's silhouette clearly before it entered the cloud, and it should not have taken so long to pass through such a small cloud. something was definitely out of kilter. later, i began to study the mystery airplanes and phantom helicopters that have appeared all over the world, and several reports of ufos that seemingly turned into conventional airplane configurations surfaced. one of the most

rs" in the sky, meaning they were below the clouds. while the rest of the night sky slowly rotated, these phony stars would remain in their fixed positions, sometimes for hours, before they would begin to move. then they would travel in any direction, up, down, clockwise, etc. they had a number of curious traits. when a plane would fly over they would suddenly dim or go out altogether. as soon as the plane was gone they would flare up again. it was always impossible to judge their size, altitude, or distance. sometimes i thought they were relatively close only to find they were actually miles away, traversing the river. boatmen on the river were obviously watching them also. occasionally a searchlight from a riverboat would suddenly shoot into the sky, aimed straight at an object i was wat

point pleasant, the ground below lighting up in its glow as it passed "where's that guy keel" someone asked "he's probably up there riding in that damned thing" someone else answered. a light plane suddenly circled over the tnt area, all its lights ablaze "here comes doc shaw again" jim lilly laughed "who does he think he's fooling" but voices were crying out in the dark "there goes another one" the plane cut its engine for a moment and glided. george johnson turned to his wife "well, you wanted to see a ufo "it was like seeing a ghost" she shuddered. the air was filled with the sounds of auto engines grinding away impotently and drivers snarling and cursing because their cars wouldn't start. the light traveled on to the ravine that passed behind north park road, then it dipped down and m

t went down that ravine by north park. but i can't see it now "at least it was right on schedule" flickering red and green lights suddenly appeared "a plane" i noted "probably doctor shaw. he told me he's been spooking the people at the tnt area "it's hard to mistake an airplane for one of those ufo lights "look" she called out sharply "something is following that plane" a few hundred feet behind the plane i could see a large black object, almost as big as the plane itself but completely without lights "mothman! is it mothman" i fumbled with my telescope. it's very difficult to zero in on an object in the night sky with a handheld telescope. i couldn't even locate the plane. the plane crossed the river and headed for the gallipolis airport. the thing following him was quickly lost in the b

THE NECRONOMICON SIMON VERSION

f the world between the worlds, open! gate of the conqueror of the monsters from the sea, open! gate of the golden city of sagalla, open! ia dag! ia gat! ia margolqbabbonnesh! ia marrutukku! ia tuku! suhrim suhgurim! zahrim zahgurim! axxanngabannaxaxagannababillukuku! the invocation of the ninib gate spirit of the wanderer of the wastes, remember! spirit of the planet of time, remember! spirit of the plane of he hunter, remember! ninib, lord of the dark ways, remember! ninib, lord of the secret passages, remember! ninib, knower of the secrets of all things, remember! ninib, knower of the ways of the ancient ones, remember! ninib, horned one of silence, remember! ninib, watcher of the ways of the igigi, remember! ninib, knower of the pathways of the dead, remember! in the name of the covena

THE SECRET RITUALS OF THE OTO

y outside the u.s.a.22 file//c /documents%20and%20settings/michael..0secret%20rituals%20of%20the%20o.t.o/p1c4.html (3 of 3 [12/28/2001 2:01:45 pm] the secret rituals of the o.t.o. part one the birth and development of the o.t.o* chapter five the o.t.o. since crowley s death23 after crowley s death, karl germer, who was born in 1885, became the outer head of the order that is to say, the chief (on the plane of earth) of the o.t.o. germer was devoted to both thelema and to crowley himself and he did everything in his power to revive the order. in these efforts he was only partially successful, for his difficult temperament upset many of those who might otherwise have become his allies. nevertheless his good business sense not only saved the o.t.o. from a threatened extinction, but enabled hi

TYSON DONALD NEW MILLENNIUM MAGIC

life. therefore, each birth and death is a complete round of incarnation that returns the acquired measure of life experience back to the unmanifest. the human ego is like a worm that burrows and lives in the wooden handle of a carpenter's plane that the master builder uses to shape its great work. human identity is the worm. human function is the fulfillment of divine purpose. the human body is the plane. when the plane breaks or wears out, the builder does not fashion another lovingly around the worm. only the incredible conceit of the worm could imagine such a thing. no, the builder casts the broken plane-and the silly vain worm-into its fire and makes a new plane, shaping it to suit the purpose of the work and using it as an extension of its will to achieve its end. and another silly

e a resonating pulse from point to point, a pulse without a period of duration-in other words, a line, the first dimension. again god considered itself in its new aspect, which necessitated the precipitation of a third point of view. from this third point god looked back at the line, its ini- tial awareness of a discrete self reflected in, and reflecting, that self. the second dimension was born, the plane surface, as yet outside of time and space. this is symbolized by the triangle. were the third point to precipitate in line with the other two, it would not yield a higher vantage of awareness, since it would perceive the other points as points. 4: dimension the awareness of god shifted out beyond the plane in order to conceive it as a sep- arate reality, forming a fourth point and defini

emains ever true to itself. t he triangle is the strongest unit of architectural construction because it will not rack or deform under stress. its material qualities express its absolute nature. it is fixed and eternal-it cannot be altered in part without destroy- ing the whole. formed of three points joined each to the others by two reciprocat- ing rays, it defines the second dimension of space, the plane. the number three is used to symbolize completion on the level of spirit. the equilateral triangle is a glyph that stands for the perfection of the unmanifest, as revealed through its highest trinity of emanation. it is the force that goes out, the force that takes in, and the force that reconciles opposites. since this trinity is most apparent in the sexual polarity of the material worl

s of a line, but as extremes of the radius of a circle. this is a movement outside the ordinary level of perception, as the transformation of the line into the circle implies a shift from the second to the third dimension: in the second dimension, or flatland as it is often affectionately called by mathematicians, all geometric shapes are perceived as lines. only when the view- ing eye transcends the plane can the circle be recognized. an analogous transcen- dence is required to see opposites as one. when this transcendence is achieved by the magus, the line dcba can be drawn as the radius of a circle: the center of the circle is always the source of emanation, always positive. the circle represents the limit to which this positive emanation has penetrated-the edge of the universe. as the

ght that extends from the left palm when it is held outward-the tradi- tional sign of warding off evil. it is formed of a clockwise whirling cross that is usu- ally pictured as about six feet in diameter, but its size can be increased or decreased at will; and the shield can be sent forward to any distance to form a psychic barrier between the magus and his or her foe. no evil intention can break the plane of the shield. when powerfully projected, the shield will stop a charging beast in its tracks. like the sword it must be consciously extended, but can be formed or retracted at a moment's notice. its color is yellow, its element air, and its motion vibratory. the armor is formed around the entire body out of the limit, or edge, of the per- ceived self, which is usually called the aura. t

. for a long time it pretends that one way is as good as any other. only when it has wan- dered on and off the path many times is it forced to realize that the path is best for it, because to stay on the path is to progress, even though slowly and with many missteps, while to depart from it is to wander aimlessly. the child becomes conscious of countless paths other than its own that criss- cross the plane with other blind men and women walking on them. each person cries dolorously for guidance, but no one heeds the cries of his neighbor. the child experiments, taking shortcuts along some of these other paths, but its own path is straight and leads directly to its destination. eventually the child realizes that its own path is the shortest route to its ultimate goal. the child continues ye

TYSON DONALD SOUL FLIGHT

to the mental perception, or thought-seeing as distinct from the seeing with the eye. let one form of apprehension glide on into the other. produce the reality of the dream vision by positive will in the waking state. then maintaining your abstraction from your surroundings, still concentrated upon the symbol and its correlated ideas, you are to seek a perception of a scene or panorama or view of the plane. this may also be brought on by a sense of tearing open, as a curtain is drawn aside, and seeing the 'within' of the symbol before you."141 regardie described a technique that relied on retinal fatigue and generating opposite -what were known in the golden dawn as "flashing-colors. first, the experimenter stares at the tattwa under good lighting conditions, then shifts his gaze to a whit

TYSON DONALD THE MAGICAL WORKBOOK

xtend the line sideways away from the point. the result is an infinitely thin plane that has no edge but continues forever through the void. visualize this as a flat sheet of tinted glass that is so thin, it has no measurable thickness. it is like the flat place where two soap bubbles press together, transparent and colorless, but slightly darker than the void. since the point was no thicker than the plane, it has become lost in the plane. only the plane exists, dividing the void into upper and lower zones. contemplate the plane. create a point some distance above the plane. contemplate the relationship between the point and the plane. let your awareness drift downward through the plane, and mentally look upward through the plane at the point on the other side, as though looking through a

m the chair and go about your day. 60 sitting exercises commentary although i have described the void as transparent gray, the tiny points as specks of black, and the planes as panes of tinted glass, it is best to remove all qualities from these visualized forms other than those necessary to define them. the point has no size or shape, only location. the line has no breadth or width, only length. the plane has no width, only length and breadth. all are colorless. rather than trying to see the void as a picture in your mind, it is better to try to feel the existence of the points, lines, and planes. this is a difficult trick to explain. it does not involve pretending to reach out in your mind with an invisible hand (although this is the simplest way to describe it, but rather, a kind of inw

upward at a slight angle. the palms do not appear to touch, but this is unclear in the illustration. i have experimented with various hand positions, and have found that the greatest force is projected when the hands are extended palm downward in the shape of spears, with the index fingers and thumbs touching along their full lengths. this causes the united thumbs to be hidden from sight beneath the plane of the fingers. good results are also obtained when the thumbs are locked one over the other to keep the hands together. in the 23 document of the golden dawn, where the projecting sign is described at length, it appears that the hands are extended with a space between the thumbs. in my own work i have found that separating the hands weakens the projection of force. since this matter is

TYSON DONALD THE POWER OF THE WORD

surrounded by a square (see the on page 29. if we look at the two planes of the tetrahedron that intersect and define the axis i-v, we see that each plane has the family of letters i-h-v at its three points. the second or final h is not on the same plane, but is linked to each of the former letters by a line segment. thus there is something special or distinctive about the final h that transcends the plane of the other three letters. the distinction is not inherent in the point of the second h itself but derives h m its position relative to the other three points. it is equally possible to mentally isolate the planes that intersect on the h-h axis. then we get the family i-h-h with v on a higher level, or the family v-h-h with i on a higher lever. what does this tell us? that i and v are c

WHO ARE THE DRACONIANS

s comments on this experience of his "one of alex christopher's specialities is the new denver airport which is reputed to be a cover for a deep underground reptilian-human base. it is certainly a strange place. the first time i spoke on these conspiracy subjects in the united states was in denver in august 1996, and i'd landed at denver airport with no idea of its background. even so, as soon as the plane landed i'd felt a very strange energy, very weird arid unpleasant. the airport was built at enormous cost on open land a long way from denver and it is full of masonic symbols. there are also gargoyles, the winged reptile figures that you find on the stately homes of the reptilian aristocracy in britain and on the churches amid great cathedrals of europe which were built by the brotherho

WILLIAM WESCOTT NUMBERS THEIR OCCULT POWER AND MYSTIC VIRTUES

yesod, the foundation, completing the third trinity or triangle. mlkt, malkuth, the tenth sephirah, completes the emanations. she is the bride of microprosopus the son, the sun, logos; she is the inferior mother, queen and the manifested universe. the whole ten are viewed as reigning over four worlds or planes of existence. these are the worlds of atziluth, briah, yetzirah and assiah. malkuth on the plane of assiah alone is the visible tangible universe. these ten sephiroth are the prototypes of everything spiritual and also of every part of creation. they are traced in the angelic host and in our universe. three superior and seven succedent exist in all things. the lower seven are obvious to the uninitiated, but in these manifestations, the supernal triad is veiled to the profane. some o

the god vishnu, the preserver of the brahmanic religion; they are periodical incarnations of the god and are as follows. 1. first as the fish, matsya; 2. kurma, the tortoise. 3. varaha, the boar. 4. narasingha, the man-lion. 5. vamana, the dwarf. 6. parasu-rama. 7. rama chandra. 8. krishna. 9. buddha. 10. kalki, the horse, is yet to come. these avatars are susceptible of a mystical explanation on the plane of cosmogony. it has been given in the garuda temple of the oriental order of light by frater numbers--th eir occu lt power an d mys tic vir tu es by w. wyn n wes tcott t. h. pattinson of bradford, a very notable mystic and occult student. 99. in the yoga vasishtha maha ramayana of valmiki, edited by vihari lala mitra, will be found an essay on om- tat-sat, on-id-est, and this contains s

ALEISTER CROWLEY EIGHT LECTURES ON YOGA

ertain distance along the road if we have checked the body. 3. let me digress for a moment, and brush away one misunderstanding which is certain to occur to every anglo-saxon mind. about the worst inheritance of the emasculate school of mystics is the abominable confusion of thought which arises from the idea that bodily functions and appetites have some moral implications. this is a confusion of the planes. there is no true discrimination between good and evil. the only question that arises is that of convenience in respect of any proposed operation. the whole of the moral and religious lumber of the ages must be discarded for ever before attempting yoga. you will find out only too soon what it means to do wrong; by our very thesis itself all action is wrong. any action is only relatively

ALEISTER CROWLEY AD MEIORUM CTHULHI GLORIAM

ot finish this task, take what is here and discover the rest, for time is short and mankind does not know nor understand the evil that awaits it, from every side, from every gate, from every broken barrier, from every mindless acolyte at the alters of madness. for this is the book of the dead, the book of the black earth, that i have writ down at the peril of my life, exactly as i received it, on the planes of the igigi, the cruel celestial spirits from beyond the wanderers of the wastes. let all who read this book be warned thereby that the habitation of men are seen and surveyed by that ancient race of gods and demons from a time before time, and that they seek revenge for that forgotten battle that took place somewhere in the cosmos and rent the worlds in the days before the creation of

ers of the gods of prey, and that chew on the very bones of man. and there are many another, of which this is not the rightful place wherein they may be mentioned, save to warn the priest against the ambitious striving against the ancient ones of the outside, until mastery is acquired over the powers that reside within. only when adar has been obtained, may the priest consider himself a master of the planes of the spheres, and able to wrestle with the old gods. once death herself has been stared in the eye, can the priest then summon and control the denizens of death's darkly curtained halls. then can he hope to open the gate without fear and without that loathing of the spirit that slays the man. then cane he hope to have power over the demons that plague the mind and the body, pulling at

ALEISTER CROWLEY MAGICK IN THEORY AND PRACTICE

nd he must have taken the vows with the fullest comprehension and experience of their meaning. it is also extremely desirable that he should have attained an absolute degree of moral emancipation<spirit which results from a perfect understanding both of the differences and harmonies of the planes upon the tree of life. for this reason frater perdurabo has never dared to use this formula in a fully ceremonial manner, save once only, on an occasion of tremendous import, when, indeed, it was not he that made the offering, but one in him. for he perceived a grave defect in his moral character which he has been able to overcome on the intellectual plane, but not hitherto upon higher

s the art of the will-to-live, mysticism of the will-to-die; but "truth comes bubbling to my brim; life and death are one to him> ii beside these open methods thee are also a number of mental methods of invocation, of which we may give three. the first method concerns the so-called astral body. the magician should practise the formation of this body as recommended in liber o, and learn to rise on the planes according to the instruction given in the same book, though limiting his "rising" to the particular symbol whose god he wishes to invoke. the second is to recite a mantra suitable to the god. the third is the assumption of the form of the god- by transmuting the astral body into his shape. this last method is really essential to all proper invocation, and cannot be too sedulously practi

agick. without it, one is lost in the jungle of delusion. every spirit, up to god himself, is ready to deceive you if possible, to make himself out more important than he is; in short to lay in wait for your soul in 333 separate ways. remember that after all the highest of all the gods is only the magus< mayan, the greatest of all the devils. you may also try "rising on the planes< with a little practice, especially if you have a good guru, you ought to be able to slip in and out of your astral body as easily as you slip in and out of a dressing-gown. it will then no longer be so necessary for your astral body to be sent far off; without moving an inch you will be able to "turn on" its eyes and ears- as simply as the man with the microscop

is plane, and it is the home of every adept. the spiritual planes are of several types, but are all distinguished by a reality and intensity to be found nowhere else. their inhabitants are formless, free of space and time, and distinguished by incomparable brilliance. there are also a number of sub-planes, as, for example, the alchemical. this plane will often appear in the practice of "rising on the planes; its images are usually those of gardens curiously kept, mountains furnished with peculiar symbols, hieroglyphic animals, or such figures as that of the "hermetic arcanum, and pictures like the "goldseekers" and the "massacre of the innocents" of basil valentine. there is a unique quality about the alchemical plane which renders its images immediately recognizable. 150 there are also pl

are also planes corresponding to various religions past and present, all of which have their peculiar unity. it is of the utmost importance to the "clairvoyant" or "traveler in the fine body" to be able to find his way to any desired plane, and operate therein as its ruler. the neophyte of a. a. is examined most strictly in this practice before he is passed to the degree of zelator. in "rising on the planes" one must usually pass clear through the astral to the spiritual. some will be unable to do this. the "fine body" which is good enough to subsist on lower planes, a shadow among shadows, will fail to penetrate the higher strata. it requires a great development of this body, and an intense infusion of the highest spiritual constituents of man, before he can pierce the veils. the constant

the difference between the sexes> the true god 152 is man. in man are all things hidden. of these the gods, nature, time, all the powers of the universe are rebellious slaves. it is these that men must fight and conquer in the power and in the name of the beast that hath availed them, the titan, the magus, the man whose number is six hundred and three score and six. iii the practice of rising on the planes is of such importance that special attention must be paid to it. it is part of the essential technique of magick. instruction in this practice has been given with such conciseness in liber o, that one cannot do better than quote verbatim (the "previous experiment" referred to in the first sentence is the ordinary astral journey "1. the previous experiment has little value, and leads to

ass through certain gateways, or to remain in certain contemplations. he had to undergo certain initiations before he was able to proceed. thus, it is necessary that the technique of magick should be perfected. the body of light must be rendered capable of going everywhere and doing everything. it is, therefore, always the question of drill which is of importance. you have got to go out rising on the planes every day of your life, year after year. you are not to be disheartened by failure, or too much encouraged by success, in any one practice or set of practices. what you are doing is what will be of real value to you in the end; and that is, developing a character, creating a karma, which will give you the power to do your will. iv divination is so important a branch of magick as almost

, for all we know, the knowledge of hru is excelled by some mightier mind in the same proportion. nor have we any warrant for accusing hru of ignorance or error if we read the tarot to our own delusion. he may have known, he may have spoken truly; the fault may lie with our own insight<planes. yet as mr. russell shows "op cit. p. 61, the worlds which lie behind phenomena must possess the same structure as our own "every proposition having a communicable significance must lie in just that essence of individuality which, for that very reason, is irrelevant to science. just so: but this is to confess the impotence of science to attain truth, and to admit the urgency of developi

ALEISTER CROWLEY MAGICK WITHOUT TEARS

lectures of yoga. none of the terms i am using have been, or can be defined. all my propositions amount to no more than tautology: a. is a. you may even quote the book of the law itself "now a curse upon because and his kin. enough of because! be he damned for a dog (al ii, 28-33. these things stink of ignoratio elenchi, or something painfully like it: as sort of slipping up a cog, of "confusing the planes" of willfully misunderstanding the gist of an argument (all magicians, by the way, ought to be grounded solidly in formal logic) never forget, at the least, how simple it is to make a maniac's hell-broth of any proposition, however plain to common sense. all the above, now- buddhism refuted. yet it is a possibility and therefore one facet of truth "rest" is an idea: so immobility is one

ALEISTER CROWLEY THE OLD AND NEW COMMENTARIES TO LIBER AL

can doubt? the strength of taste and of smell are know facts. so they measured strength against strength without considering whether the one was appropriate to the other, any more than as if one were to ward off the strength of steel swords by the strength of the colour of one's armour. modern science, by correct classification, has expounded the doctrine of the magical link. we no longer confuse the planes. we manipulate physical phenomena by physical means; mental by mental. we trace things to their true causes, and no longer seek to cut the gordian knot of our ignorance by the sword of a postulated pantheon. physiology leaves us in no doubt as to the power of our inherited talisman. and modern discoveries in psychology have made it clear enough that the sexual peculiarities of people ar

t as he will. leave him alone, or he will make you sorry you tried to interfere! there is here a reference to the two main types of the orgia of magick; i have already dealt with this matter in the comment. observe that in the "mystic" work, the union takes place spontaneously; in the other, venom is shot forth. this awakes the earth to rapture; not until then does union occur. for, in working on the planes of manifestation, the elements must be consecrated and made "god" by virtue of a definite rite. al ii,27 "there is great danger in me; for who doth not understand these runes shall make a great miss. he shall fall down into the pit called because, and there he shall perish with the dogs of reason" the old comment 27. the importance of failing to interpret these verses. unspirituality le

be a bridegroom comely and well-favoured, a man of might, and a warrior worthy of the bed of so divine a dissolution. al ii,46 "dost thou fail? art thou sorry? is fear in thine heart" the old comment 46. the prophet was again perplexed and troubled; for in his soul was compassion for all beings. but though his compassion is a feeling perhaps admirable and necessary for mortals, yet it pertains to the planes of illusion. it is based on a misapprehension. the new comment this verse brings out what is a fact in psychology, the necessary connection between fear, sorrow, and failure. to will and to dare are closely linked powers of the sphinx, and they are based on- to know. if one have a right apprehension of the universe, if he know himself free, immortal, boundless, infinite force and fire

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 1 2

t? why should not the circumstances of union with god be compatible with the normal consciousness? interpenetrating and illuminating it, if you like; but not destroying it. well, i don't know why it shouldn't be; but i bet it isn't! all the spiritual experience i have had argues against such a theory. on the contrary, it will leave the reason quite intact, supreme lord of its own plane. mixing up the planes is the sad fate of many a mystic. how many do i know in my own experience who tell me that, obedient to the heavenly vision, they will shoot no more rabbits! thus they found a system on trifles, and their lord and god is some trumpery little elemental masquerading as the almighty. i remember my uncle tom telling me that he was sure god would be displeased to see me in a blue coat on sun

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 2 2

ad when he set out on his great journey of discovery, and equipped with definite instruments; so in these astral journeys, little or no spiritual information can be obtained unless the skryer project, or at least set out with the intention of projecting, his sphere to a certain and definite place. this, when applied to travelling to certain paths or places on the tree of life, is termed rising on the planes, and may lead, as above stated, should the place desired to arrive at be kether, to the very highest attainment. this rising on the planes is a definite mystical process, and two initiates setting out to attain the same goal would find the journey, in its essentials, as similar as two ordinary individuals would find a journey from london to paris. karma and environment have in these ris

es, and may lead, as above stated, should the place desired to arrive at be kether, to the very highest attainment. this rising on the planes is a definite mystical process, and two initiates setting out to attain the same goal would find the journey, in its essentials, as similar as two ordinary individuals would find a journey from london to paris. karma and environment have in these risings on the planes to be reckoned with, just as they would have to be taken into account in the case of the two men journeying to paris. the one might be travelling third class, and the other first; the one might be travelling by a slow train, the other by an express; the one might see great beauty in the journey, the other little; yet both would know when they got to dover, both would know when they were

the one might be travelling by a slow train, the other by an express; the one might see great beauty in the journey, the other little; yet both would know when they got to dover, both would know when they were on the channel, and both would in some way, different in detail through it might be, recognise paris as paris when they arrived at their destination. 324 this particular method of rising on the planes is an exceptionally interesting one to study, not only because it is most intimately connected with the eastern methods of yoga,42 but because we have many practical results to hand, many actual facts from which we can generalise and construct a theory. two of such examples we will give here, the first a poem by mr. aleister crowley called "the ladder" in which the projection is vertica

priestess of the silver star is my guide. now am i come forth upon the path of the lion, and my thought in the place of the gathering of the waters. i am the established one in da th! in me is the knowledge of good and of evil! in me is the knowledge of the light supernal! and my face is turned downward unto malkuth. 332 like all other methods, these, travelling in the spirit vision and rising on the planes, are only to be judged by their success. it is impossible to lay down a single task for each individual; one may suit one, and another another; nevertheless it must be pointed out here that though these two methods, or rather two phases of one method, are in most cases fruitful in result, it is generally but a slight step forward, and very seldom does supreme illumination follow. howeve

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 3 2

les, though raised to a higher power. for like attracts like. secondly, these practical workings taught him, more certainly than years of study and reading, that there was but one goal to the infinite number of paths seen by the beginner, and that the ultimate result of the hb:shin of hb:shin operation, the highest of the ceremonial operations of the golden dawn, was similar to that of "rising on the planes" having made this important discovery he abandoned his intended experiments in ceremonial divination and alchemy, and towards the close of 1899 retired to the lonely house that he had bought for the purpose of carrying out the sacred operation of abramelin the mage. 206 the adept during the whole of the autumn of 1899 we find p. busily engaged in making all necessary preparations for th

, good and evil, is only true in da th and from da th. one man may fell a tree with an axe, another may saw it down, another dig it up, another burn it down, another wash it out of the earth by water, blast it by powder, or drag it down by a rope. in the end the tree falls, and the desire of each particular man is accomplished in spite of the variety of their tools. thus we find that as rising on the planes was one method, so was skrying another; so again were the rituals of the golden dawn; so again "the hb:shin of hb:shin operation" and talismanic magic; and now again still one more_ the method of abramelin; all different means to enable man to fell the tall tree of life and obtain the master vision of adonai, the augoeides or higher self. each method, used rightly and carried to its ult

became an adeptus minor in the order of the r.r. et a.c. strictly speaking, some time before he was officially promoted to the grade of 5= 6, he was already a 6= 5. in london and paris his works of magical art had caused him to be admired by his friends and dreaded by his enemies. he had succeeded in proving that the hb:shin of hb:shin operation was in fact none other than that of "the rising on the planes" though in practice and theory very different. by their study and the equilibrating forces of the 5= 6 ritual he was able to apply the eye 77 imagine yourself as harpocrates standing upon two crocodiles. 78 "i.e" of 0= 0, har-po-crat. of a skilled craftsman to the dreaded79 operation of abramelin, 279 and though he was never destined to accomplish this sacred work in the prescribed fash

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 3

to the circle representing netzach. the ringed circle representing yesod has "ritual cxx" arched between its rings at the bottom and the following words written inside "posture hatha yoga control of breathing. zelator liber ccxx the forging of the magic sword" extending upward from the circle of yesod is the path of samekh, interrupted by the crossing path of peh. these words are on it "rising on the planes. this path is also interrupted by the center of a crescent before continuing on to the circle representing tipheret. extending at an angle from the circle of yesod to the left is the path of resh, with these words "meditation practice equivalent to ritual dclxxi. this path connects to the circle representing hod. extending at an angle from the circle of yesod to the right is the path of

seems a printer's error, the quotation was made on page 4. 2 all these instructions will be issued openly in the equinox in due course, where this has not already been done. instruction and examination in methods of meditation by devotion (bhakti- yoga. instruction and examination in construction and consecration of talismans, and in evocation. theoretical and practical. examination in rising on the planes (liber o, caps. v, vi. practical. he is given a meditation-practice on the senses, and the sheaths of the self, and the practice called mahasatipatthana (see the sword of song "science and buddhism" instruction and examination in control of action. further, he cuts the magic wand. finally, the title of dominus liminis is conferred upon him. he is given meditation-practices on the contro

open, a chameleon cup, and let him suck thine honey up! olympas. there is one doubt. when souls attain such an unimagined gain shall not others mark them, wise beyond mere mortal destinies? marsyas. such are not the perfect saints. while the imagination faints before their truth, they veil it close as amid the utmost snows the tallest peaks most straitly hide with clouds their holy heads. divide the planes! be ever as you can a simple honest gentleman! body and manners be at ease, not bloat with blazoned sanctities! who fights as fights the soldier-saint? and see the artist-adept paint! weak are those souls that fear the stress of earth upon their holiness! they fast, they eat fantastic food, they prate of beans and brotherhood, wear sandals, and long hair, and spats, and think that makes

ken before he set out to accomplish this supreme one. for over a year now he had been living "perdu" in the heart of london, strenuously applying himself to the various branches of secret knowledge that his initiations in the order of the golden dawn had disclosed to him. up to the present we have only dealt with these initiations, and his methods of travelling in the spirit vision, and rising on the planes; but still there remain to be shown the ceremonial methods he adopted; however, before we enter upon these, we must return to our first point, namely_ the meaning and value of ceremonial magic. ceremonial magic, as a means to attainment, has in common with all other methods, western or eastern, one supreme object in view_ identification with the godhead; and it matters not if the aspira

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 4

a. so too the egyptian gods have the serpent upon the brow. 80 provided the other exits are duly stopped by practice. the danger of yoga is this, that one may awaken the magic power before all is balanced. a discharge takes place in some wrong direction and obsession results. 81 the forcing of the kundalini up the sushumn and through the six chakkras to the sahasr ra, is very similar to rising on the planes through malkuth, yesod, the path of hb:peh, tiphereth, the path of hb:tet, and da th to kether, by means of the central pillar of the tree of life. seventh; but this one, the shasr ra, lies altogether outside the human organism. these six chakkras are: 1 "the m l dhara-chakkra" this chakkra is situated between the lingam and the anus at the base of the spinal column. it is called the ad

ALICE A BAILEY02 INITIATION HUMAN AND SOLAR

dom into a higher class, marks the clearer shining forth of the inner fire and the transition from one point of polarisation to another, entails the realisation of an increasing unity with all that lives and the essential oneness of the self with all selves. it results in a horizon that continuously enlarges until it includes the sphere of creation; it is a growing capacity to see and hear on all the planes. it is an increased consciousness of god's plans for the world, and an increased ability to enter into those plans and to further them. it is the effort in the abstract mind to pass an examination. it is the honour class in the master's school, and is within the attainment of those souls whose karma permits and whose efforts suffice to fulfil the aim. initiation leads to the mount whenc

ausal vehicle. it has been said that the first two initiations take place upon the astral plane, but this is incorrect, and the statement has given rise to a misunderstanding. they are felt profoundly in connection with the astral and physical bodies and the lower mental, and affect their control. the chief effect being felt in those bodies the initiate may interpret them as having taken place on the planes concerned, as the vividness of the effect and the stimulation of the first two initiations work out largely in the astral body. but it must ever be remembered that the major initiations are taken in the causal body or dissociated from that body on the buddhic plane or atmic plane. at the final two initiations which set a man free from the three worlds, and enable him to function in the

rated physical body can safely bear the vibrations of the two other bodies when they return to its shelter from the presence of the king; because now the purified astral and controlled mental can safely stand before that king. when purified and controlled they stand and for the first time consciously vibrate to the ray of the monad, then with prepared bodies can the ability to see and hear on all the planes be granted and achieved, and the faculty of reading and comprehending the records be- 51- initiation, human and solar copyright 1998 lucis trust safely employed, for with fuller knowledge comes added power. the heart is now sufficiently pure and loving, and the intellect sufficiently stable to stand the strain of knowing. before the fourth initiation can be taken, the work of training i

but which eventually causes a recognition of the one self in all selves, which is the goal of endeavour. 3. a burning away of the etheric web, through the gradual arousing of kundalini and its correct- 82- initiation, human and solar copyright 1998 lucis trust geometrical progression, and a resultant continuity of consciousness that enables the initiate consciously to utilise time as a factor on the planes of evolution. 4. a gradual grasp of the law of vibration as an aspect of the basic law of building, the law of attraction, is brought about, and the initiate learns consciously to build, to manipulate thought matter for the perfecting of the plans of the logos, to work in mental essence, and to apply the law on mental levels, and thereby affect the physical plane. motion originates cosm

e initiate. the postulates here made are nine in number, and if duly pondered upon by the aspirant, will reveal to him much anent the creative process and the power of speech. 1. all the words of power are rooted in the great word committed to the solar logos at the dawn of manifestation. 2. all the words of power are permutations or expansions of the three basic sounds, and increase in length as the planes are involved, until the sentences and speech of the finite unit, man, in their myriad differentiations are arrived at. 3. therefore, on the path of return, speech becomes ever more brief, words are more sparingly used, and the time eventually comes when the adept employs formulas of words only as required to carry out specific purposes along two lines: a. definite creative processes. b

eech of the finite unit, man, in their myriad differentiations are arrived at. 3. therefore, on the path of return, speech becomes ever more brief, words are more sparingly used, and the time eventually comes when the adept employs formulas of words only as required to carry out specific purposes along two lines: a. definite creative processes. b. specific direction of energy. this, of course, on the planes in the three worlds. 4. the aspirant, therefore, has mainly three things to do when preparing for initiation: a. to control every activity of his threefold lower nature. this involves the application of intelligent energy to every atom of his three sheaths physical, astral, and mental. it is literally the shining forth of the brahma, or third aspect, of the inner god. b. to control his

ntre of energy in a greatly increased degree, being able to dispense or retract force currents. the moment a man becomes consciously powerful on the mental plane, his power for good is a hundredfold increased. at the fourth initiation another of the great secrets is revealed to him. it is called "the mystery of polarity" and the clue to the significance of sex in every department of nature on all the planes is given to him. it is not possible to say much along these lines. all that can be done is to enumerate some of the subjects to which it gives the clue, adding to this the information that in our planetary scheme, owing to the point in evolution of our own planetary logos, this secret is the most vital. our planetary logos is at the stage wherein he is consciously seeking the at-one-men

solar copyright 1998 lucis trust their field of employ, their methods of work, will eventually become exoteric knowledge, and as the seven groups are recognised and known, schools of development for the filling of posts in these groups will be the logical sequence. 2. the path of magnetic work. those who do the work of wielding forces, or electrical magnetism for the use of the great ones on all the planes, pass to this path. they wield the elemental formative energy, manipulating matter of every density and vibration. great waves of ideas and surging currents of public opinion on astral levels, as well as on the higher levels where the great ones work, are manipulated by them. a large number of fifth ray people, those who have the ray of concrete knowledge for their monadic ray, pass to

ALICE A BAILEY04 A TREATISE ON COSMIC FIRE

perfect. 1. man, the microcosm, the manifesting monad, or one. 2. the heavenly man, the planetary logos, or the manifesting group. 3. the grand man of the heavens, the macrocosm, the solar logos, the manifestation of all groups and of all evolutions within his body, the solar system. all these bodies the body of a man, a planetary logos, and a solar logos are the product of desire originating on the planes of abstract mind, whether cosmic, systemic, or mind in the three worlds, whether cosmic desire-mind or human desire-mind, and all their bodies are "sons of necessity" as h. p. b. so aptly expressed it.35,(32)36 2. eight statements. it is with the etheric bodies of all we are dealing, and with their vivification by prana (whether- 45- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust

e physical, who are likewise allied to the human evolution in a cioser sense than the higher three. a further interesting correspondence is found in the following facts that are even now in process of development: the fourth plane of buddhi is the one on which the planetary logoi begin to make their escape from their planetary ring-pass-not, or from the etheric web that has its counterpart on all the planes. when man begins in a small sense to co-ordinate the buddhic vehicle or, to express it otherwise, when he has developed the power to contact ever so slightly the buddhic plane, then he begins simultaneously and consciously to achieve the ability to escape from the etheric web on the physical plane. later he escapes from its correspondence on the astral plane, and finally from the corres

nes of our solar system. for purposes of clarity, we might here tabulate under the headings physical, systemic, and cosmic, so that the relationship and the correspondences may be apparent, and the connection to that which is above, and to that which is below, or included, may be plainly seen. chart iii the seven planes of our solar system- 65- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust the planes physical plane systemic planes c osmic planes 1. atomic plane..d. ivine. adi..atomic plane 1st ether p rimordial matter 1st ether 2. sub-atomic..monadic. anupadaka..sub-atomic the akasha 2nd ether 3. super-etheric..spiritual. atmic..3rd ether ether plane of union or at-one-ment 4. etheric. intuitional. buddhic..4th cosmic ether ether the lower three worlds 5. gaseous..mental. fire..gase

sub-etheric 6. liquid..astral. emotional..liquid 7. dense physical..physical plane..dense physical d. these major seven planes of our solar system being but the seven subplanes of the cosmic physical plane, we can consequently see the reason for the emphasis laid by h. p. b.52,(48)53 upon the fact that matter and ether are synonymous terms and that this ether is found in some form or other on all the planes, and is but a gradation of cosmic atomic matter, called when undifferentiated mulaprakriti or primordial pre-genetic substance, and when differentiated by fohat (or the energising life, the third logos or brahma) it is termed prakriti, or matter.54(49) e. our solar system is what is called a system of the fourth order; that is, it has its location on the fourth cosmic etheric plane, cou

his juncture from the informing consciousnesses of these three types of spheres, and concentrate our attention upon the realisation that each plane is a vast sphere of matter, actuated by latent heat and progressing or rotating in one particular direction. each ray of light, no matter of what colour, is likewise a sphere of matter of the utmost tenuity, rotating in a direction opposite to that of the planes. these rays produce by their mutual interaction a radiatory effect upon each other. thus by the approximation of the latent heat in matter, and the interplay of that heat upon other spheres that totality is produced which we call "fire by friction" in connection with these two types of spheres we might, by way of illustration and for the sake of clarity, say that: a. the planes rotate f

e of the subsidiary branches of the great law of economy, which governs matter. repulsion is brought about by rotary action, and is the basis of that separation which prevents the contact of any atom with any other atom, which keeps the planets at fixed points in space and separated stably from each other; which keeps them at a certain distance from their systemic centre, and which likewise keeps the planes and subplanes from losing their material identity. here we can see the beginning of that age-long duel between spirit and matter, which is characteristic of manifestation, one aspect working under the law of attraction, and the other governed by the law of repulsion. from aeon to aeon the conflict goes on, with matter becoming less potent. gradually (so gradually as to seem negated when

h chain. as the fifth spirilla or fifth stream of force in an atom becomes developed, and man can conceive of a fourth-dimensional rotary movement, the accuracy of this symbol will be recognised. it will then be seen that all sheaths in their progress from inertia to rhythm, via mobility, pass through all stages, whether they are logoic sheaths, the rays in which the heavenly men veil themselves, the planes which form the bodies of certain solar entities, the causal body (or the sheath of the ego on the mental plane, the human physical body in its etheric constitution, or a cell in that- 91- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust body etheric. all these material forms (existent in etheric matter which is the true matter of all forms) are primarily undifferentiated ovoids; the

he first time. counting, therefore, from the bottom upwards it is only the third subplane on the physical and the astral planes which mark the commencement of human effort, leaving five subplanes to be subdued. on the mental plane the five lower subplanes have to be subjugated during purely human evolution. when the consciousness is centred on the fifth subplane (counting from below upwards) then the planes of abstraction from the standpoint of man in the three worlds supervene the two subplanes of synthesis, demonstrating through the synthesis of the five senses. in the evolution of the heavenly man we have exactly the same thing: the five planes of endeavour, the five lower planes of the solar system, and the two higher planes of- 108- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust

ALICE A BAILEY05 THE LIGHT OF THE SOUL

that state of pure spiritual being called pradhana. let the student remember here the following degrees or stages through which he must pass as he penetrates into the heart of the innermost: 1. the gross..form, bhutas, rational tangible sheaths. 2. the subtle..the nature or qualities, the tanmatras, the indryas, or the senses, the sense organs and that which is sensed. these can be applied to all the planes of the three worlds with which man is concerned, and have a close relation to the pairs of opposites which he has to balance on the emotional plane. behind all these is found that balanced state, called pradhana, which is the cause of what is contacted physically and sensed subtly. this balanced state can well be called unresolvable primary substance, matter united with spirit, undiffer

and all the methods and rules of yoga are to this specific end. this should be carefully borne in mind "spiritual reading" is the most significant and occult preliminary thereto. every form is the result of thought and of sound. every form veils or conceals an idea or concept. every form, therefore, is but the symbol or attempted representation of an idea and this is true without exception on all the planes of our solar system, wherein forms are found whether created by god, man or deva. one object of a disciple's training is to enable him to ascertain that which lies back of any form in any kingdom of nature and thus ascertain the nature of the spiritual energy which brought it into being. the vastness of this cosmic symbolism will be apparent to even the most superficial thinker and the

time comes when he is thrown back alone upon himself. he has exhausted all objects of attachment, and even his guru seems to have left him alone. only one reality is left, that spiritual reality which is himself, and his desire then turns inward. it is no longer outgoing but he finds the kingdom of god within. all desire then leaves him. he makes contacts, and continues to manifest and work upon the planes of illusion but he works from the centre where dwells his divine self, the sum total of all desire, and there is nothing to lure him forth into the byways of pleasure or of pain. 8. hate is aversion for any object of the senses. this sutra is the reverse of the preceding one. the true yogi neither feels aversion or desire. he is balanced between these pairs of opposites. hate causes sep

nged, the "motionless" condition can be somewhat reached, the vital airs in the head are "at peace" and the entire lower man awaits one of two processes: a. the withdrawal of the true or spiritual man in order to function on some higher plane- 125- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust b. or the bringing down into the lower brain consciousness, of light, illumination and knowledge from the planes of the ego. 51. there is a fourth stage which transcends those dealing with the internal and external phases. we have seen how the control of the life currents can be either externally active, internally active or balanced. this triple process brings the entire lower personal man into a condition, first of rhythmic response to the inner motivating factor (in this case, the ego or spirit

may be defined as those organs whereby man becomes aware of his surroundings. in the animal these five senses exist, but the thinking correlating faculty is lacking. they demonstrate as group faculty, analogous to a racial instinct in the human kingdom. each of these five senses has a definite connection with one or other of the seven planes of manifestation, and has also a correspondence on all the planes. plane sense 1. physical. hearing 2. astral .t ouch or feeling 3. mental. sight 4. buddhic. taste 5. atmic. smell a further tabulation taken from a treatise on cosmic fire will serve to make clear the five different aspects of the five senses on the five planes, and for further information, the student is referred to that treatise pages 186-202. microcosmic sensory evolution plane sense

ual discernment. 3rd< response to group. vibration. 2nd> formless spiritual telepathy. 1st buddhic .1. comprehension .7 th 2. healing. 6th 3. divine vision .5 th 4. intuition .4 th 5. idealism. 3rd atmic. 1. beatitude. 7th 2. active service. 6th 3. realisation. 5th 4. perfection. 4th 5. all knowledge .3 rd in the following table the numbers one, two, three, four and five under each sense refer to the planes of manifestation as given in the first tabulation above. a. the first sense..hearing. 1. physical hearing. 2. clairaudience. 3. higher clairaudience. 4. comprehension (of four sounds) 5. beatitude. b. the second sense..touch or feeling. 1. physical touch. 2. psychometry. 3. planetary psychometry. 4. healing. 5. active service. c. the third sense..sight. 1. physical sight- 179- the light

that one gives the microcosmic standpoint, the other gives the macrocosmic, and as the aspirant is one who seeks to function as "free in the macrocosm" and to transcend his microcosmic limitations, it is the first category with which we will concern ourselves- 186- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust in considering this sutra and its clarification by an understanding of the nature of the planes, their symbols and substance, it becomes apparent that the man who understands the nature of the word and of the second aspect, arrives at the realization of hearing. this might also be grasped mystically by the aspirant when he realizes that when the voices of desire (astral voices or vibratory response to the second aspect of the reflection, the three lower planes) are superseded by t

e second aspect of the reflection, the three lower planes) are superseded by the voice of the silence or of the christ within, then the word or sound is known and the second aspect of divinity is contacted. 1. the akasha..the word..the sound..the second aspect in manifestation. 2. the astral light..the voices of desire..the reflection of the second aspect. there are many sounds to be heard on all the planes but on the physical is the greatest diversity. the aspirant has to develop the power to distinguish between: 1. the voices of earth..physical, 2. the voices of desire..astral, 3. the speech or formulated thoughts of the mind..mental, 4. the still small voice of the christ within..buddhic, 5. the sounds of the gods..the creative words..atmic, 6. the word or sound..the aum..monadic, 7. th

ALICE A BAILEY08 A TREATISE ON WHITE MAGIC

he ego or the solar angel until many cycles of incarnation have transpired. the solar pitri communicates with his "shadow" or reflection by means of the sutratma, which passes down through the bodies to a point of entrance in the physical brain, if i might so express it, but the man, as yet, cannot focus or see clearly in any direction. if he looks backward he can see only the fogs and miasmas of the planes of illusion, and fails to be interested. if he looks forward he sees a distant light which attracts him, but he cannot as yet see that which the light reveals. if he looks around, he sees but shifting forms and the cinematograph of the form side of life. if he looks within, he sees the shadows cast by the light, and becomes aware of much impedimenta which must be discarded before the li

n. this step will bring in a continuity of consciousness which will do away with all fear of death and link the physical and astral planes in such a close relation that they will in reality constitute one plane. just as an at-one-ment has to be brought about between the various aspects of man, so a similar unification has to take place in connection with the various aspects of the planetary life. the planes have to be at-one-ed as well as soul and body. this has already been largely accomplished between the etheric plane and the dense physical plane. now it is being rapidly carried forward between the physical and the astral. in the work being done by seekers in all departments of human thought and life, this unification is proceeding and in the training now suggested to earnest and sincer

ALICE A BAILEY09 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME I ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY I

relation between themselves- 18- a treatise on the seven rays- volume i: esoteric psychology i copyright 1998 lucis trust life-quality-appearance are brought together into a synthesis in the manifested universe and in man incarnate, and the result of this synthesis is sevenfold, producing seven types of qualified forms which emerge on all planes and in all kingdoms. it must be remembered that all the planes which we, from our little point of view, regard as formless are not really so. our seven planes are but the seven subplanes of the cosmic physical plane. we shall not deal with the planes, except in their relation to man's unfoldment, nor shall we deal with the macrocosm, or with the developing life of the cosmic christ. we shall confine our attention entirely to man and to his psycholo

own in its true nature as that which "houses" the light. thus the shekinah will shine forth within the secret place of the temple in its full glory. such is the work of the seven builders. this ray is expressive primarily on the first the formless planes, counting from below upwards, and its true purpose cannot emerge until the soul is awakened and consciousness is adequately recording the known. the planes or manifested spheres of expression are influenced in manifestation in a numerical order: ray i. will or power. plane of divinity. ray ii .l ove-wisdom .p lane of the monad. ray iii. active intelligence. plane of spirit, atma. ray iv. harmony. plane of the intuition. ray v. concrete knowledge .m ental plane. ray vi. devotion, idealism. astral plane. ray vii. ceremonial order. physical p

even-fold being, capable of seven states of consciousness, expressive of the seven principles or basic qualities which enable him to be aware of the seven planes upon which he is, consciously or unconsciously, functioning. he is a septenate at all times, but his objective is to be consciously aware of all the states of being, to express consciously all the qualities, and to function freely on all the planes. the seven ray beings, unlike man, are fully conscious and entirely aware of the purpose and the plan. they are "ever in deep meditation" and have reached the point where, through their advanced stage of development, they are "impelled toward fulfillment" they are fully self-conscious and group-conscious; they are the sum total of the universal mind; they are "awake and active" their go

ciousness .i deals .t he soul ray iii .a ctive intelligence. appearance. idols .p ersonality they find their secondary expression in the three bodies which form the personality of man: ray i. power. ideas. mental body. purpose. life. ray ii .l ove. ideals .a stral body. quality. ray iii .i ntelligence. idols .p hysical body. form. the rays of attribute, though expressing themselves equally on all the planes and through the periodical vehicles and the three aspects of the personality, find their main expression through one or other of the four kingdoms in nature: ray iv. harmony, conflict. 4th kingdom. human. the balance. ray v. concrete knowledge .3 rd kingdom. animal. ray vi. devotion. 2nd kingdom. vegetable. ray vii. ceremonial ritual .1 st kingdom .m ineral- 103- a treatise on the seven

onnection with the four aspects of the personality, or with the quaternary. the relationship is as follows: ray iv. harmony through conflict. the physical body. ray v. concrete knowledge. the etheric body. ray vi. devotion. the astral body. ray vii. organisation. the mental body. but again remember that the interrelation and interplay is synthetic on all planes, on the formless levels and also on the planes of form, and in this connection, with all states of consciousness and throughout the created universe. the seven rays we are told that seven great rays exist in the cosmos. in our solar system only one of these seven great rays is in operation. the seven sub-divisions constitute the "seven rays" which, wielded by our solar logos, form the basis of endless variations in his system of wor

iliser. in this present cycle, the two rays of power and love are directing their energies to vulcan and jupiter, whilst saturn's attention is turned towards our planet, the earth. thus we have the ten rays of perfection, the vehicles of manifestation of what h.p.b. calls "the imperfect gods" the planetary logoi. see a treatise on cosmic fire, where this is elaborated. use the index. the rays and the planes- 264- a treatise on the seven rays- volume i: esoteric psychology i copyright 1998 lucis trust ray i..will, dynamically applied, emerges in manifestation as power. ray ii..love, magnetically functioning, produces wisdom. ray iii..intelligence, potentially found in substance, causes activity. the rays and the senses 1. hearing. 7th ray. magic. the word of power. 2. touch. 1st ray. destro

ousness .i deals .t he soul. ray iii. active intelligence appearance idols t he personality. they find their secondary expression in the three bodies which form the personality of man: ray i. power. ideas. mental body. purpose. life ray ii .l ove. ideals .a stral body .q uality. ray iii .i ntelligence. idols .p hysical body. form. the rays of attribute, though expressing themselves equally on all the planes, and through the periodical vehicles and the three aspects of the personality, find their main expression through one or other of the four kingdoms in nature. ray iv. harmony through conflict. 4th kingdom human. the balance. ray v. concrete knowledge .3 rd kingdom. animal. ray vi. devotion. 2nd kingdom. vegetable. ray vii. ceremonial ritual .1 st kingdom .m ineral- 265- a treatise on th

ALICE A BAILEY11 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME II ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY II

ate in time and space from all that has gone before, and from all that surrounds him in the present, which is considered as of importance and as constituting a man. man, as an expression of a soul process, is not dealt with in any way. thus we have the stages succeeding each other from the initial appropriation upon the mental plane until the man, in consciousness, has worked his way down through the planes and back again to the mental plane, which brings him to the stage of the coordination of the personality, and the emergence into full expression of what we call the personality ray. life after life takes place. again and again, the soul incarnates and, in consciousness, passes through the stages outlined above. but gradually a higher sense of values supervenes; there comes a period when

on can use and express. 5. a fleeting glimpse (at high and rare moments) of the angel of the presence itself. 6. at certain times and when deemed necessary, a glimpse of the master of a man's ray group. this falls usually into two categories of experience and causes: a. in the early stages and whilst under illusion and glamour, that which is contacted is a vision of the astral, illusory form upon the planes of glamour and illusion. this is not, therefore, a glimpse of the master himself, but of his astral symbol, or of the form built by his devoted disciples and followers. b. the master himself is contacted. this can take place when the disciple has effected the needed integrations of the threefold lower nature. it is at this moment of "integration as the result of revelation" that there c

ll the above will indicate to you the complexity of the subject. the superficial student or the mystically inclined person is apt to feel that all these technicalities are of minor importance. the charge is often made that the "jargon" of occultism and its academic information is of no true importance where knowledge of the divine is concerned. it is claimed that it is not necessary to know about the planes and their various levels of consciousness, or about the law of rebirth and the law of attraction; it is an unnecessary tax upon the human mind to study the technical foundation for a belief in brotherhood, or to consider our distant origin and our possible future. it is nevertheless just possible that if the mystics down the ages had recognised these truths we might have had a better ma

ALICE A BAILEY12 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME I

st: i would say deepen your consecration and put first things first. let nothing and no one stand between you, the vision, the plan and your fellow disciples. second: prepare for complications in your life, for now you travel not alone. your life has been relatively free up to this time, but the choosing of a comrade must and does in every case bring other issues and other values into being. upon the planes of soul and mind, you still must stand alone and if you grasp this from the very start you will not find the complications of any great importance. they will only evoke a greater emotional livingness and understanding; this you have needed much and this you now can have. this also you can handle wisely if you live upon the higher arc and do not descend into the world of glamour and illu

re of value if rightly handled. your help, for instance, with i.b.s. can be increased through the now established rapport. may i pause here, my brother, and thank you for the way you have egoically stood by her and helped her through a crisis that was more serious than any of you knew at the time? if you cast your mind back over the past three years, you will note a life full of experience on all the planes of the personality; you can note too, if you will, a growing tendency towards soul control. i say tendency, my brother, for it is when tendency is transformed into habit and dynamic daily rhythm that the gates of initiation open before the disciple. your major work today is to establish this habit. it lies for you hid in the control of time, which constitutes for you a major problem. th

different to that which hinders you. your mind is more active than his, and you are not so held by social considerations as he is. his intuition is more alive than yours and far more sensitive. you both need, however, a closer identification with humanity and release from a glamorous preoccupation with what goes on in the higher levels of consciousness and a closer interest in the reactions upon the planes of personality expression. this diagnosis of mine will, i think, surprise you. the fact remains that you must continue your mental attitudes, cease in no way to be preoccupied with the search for truth and for the occult significance of life, but in your own case, through the medium of the brain and of physical plane contacts, you must aim at being more at-one with your fellowmen. it is

his is its major purpose. i, therefore, will to love and tread the way of love. 3rd month the purpose of my soul must show itself through burning. that which obstructs and hinders must disappear before the power of god. that power am i. i, therefore, tread the way unto the burning ground. there hindrances disappear. 4th month my will is one with the great will of god. that will is mine today upon the planes of earth. it leads to service and my master's group. i, therefore, tread the way of service after the festival of burning. 5th month i dedicate myself to the purpose of the plan. i have no purpose but the will of god. i- 278- discipleship in the new age- volume i copyright 1998 lucis trust seek no other way but the way of divine fulfilment. i lose myself within the group which seeks the

at is entirely your own affair. another hint i give you and a suggestion which only you will understand. there are three people- 431- discipleship in the new age- volume i copyright 1998 lucis trust that you should take to your heart and love. as yet you love them not. one loves you not. two seek your love. learn to love all three, not theoretically from a high, cold, mental altitude, but down on the planes of earth; love them with your heart. life will then change for you. and, furthermore, my brother, love them not in obedience to my hint or through a display of the magnanimous spirit, or as the result of intellectual reasoning, but because you love. two out of these three have much to give to you, and can lead you with them along the way. i mention not their names, nor have i told anyon

he good purposes through the medium of the heart. be ready for this through the activity of an illumined mind, an intelligent appreciation of true values and a deep and true love of your fellowmen which will enable you to sacrifice for the good of the whole. seek to see humanity liberated, free and able to live their daily lives in the light of love and do your share in bringing this about on all the planes whereon you can consciously function. as you meditate during the coming months, much knowledge and many readjustments may come to you. in the group stimulation, you must look for a fusion and an expansion leading to a growing identification; this will change you from a securely placed server and worker into one who is willing to take risks for the cause of humanity and through love of h

olds the key to the right handling of the health problem in the future. in the same way, a constant consideration of the permanent atoms and of the spirillae would lead to an intensification of the form life and to the tyranny of force as it flows through them. there are undoubtedly analogies and correspondences that could be worked out in connection with the spirillae in the microcosmic life and the planes and subplanes of the macrocosm with a possible subsequent relation of both to the seven centres, microcosmically understood, and the seven planetary schemes, macrocosmically understood. but the goal for the majority of aspirants is not to limit their consciousness by a concentration upon the minutiae, such as the permanent atoms and the details connected with the individual form nature

ALICE A BAILEY17 TELEPATHY AND THE ETHERIC VEHICLE

turn, enriches the magnetic field of his aura so that he becomes a revealing centre to those whose field of experience and aura need the stimulus of his practised assurance. finally, it might be said that the entire human kingdom will eventually be a major magnetic centre upon our planet, invoking all the higher kingdoms upon the formless planes and evoking all the lower or subhuman kingdoms upon the planes of form. some day, two-thirds of the human family will be sensitive to impacts coming from the mind of god, as that mind fulfils its intentions and carries out its purposes within our planetary ring-pass-not. in its turn, humanity will provide the area of mind within whose ring-pass-not the subhuman kingdoms will find the correspondence of the universal mind which they need for their un

ised by its etheric counterpart. this counterpart is present in millions of tiny streams or lines of energy, to which the eastern occultist has given the name "nadis" these nadis are the carriers of energy. they are in fact the energy itself and carry the quality of energy from some area of consciousness in which the "dweller in the body" may happen to be focussed. this may be the astral plane or the planes of the spiritual triad, for none of the energies can control the physical body from any plane, no matter how high, except in this manner. according to the focus of the consciousness, the psychic state of awareness, the potency of aspiration or desire, and the point in evolution or the spiritual status, so will be the type of energy carried by the nadis, passing from them to the outer ne

ALICE A BAILEY20 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME IV ESOTERIC HEALING

till and shut, and yet with signs of life, silent and full of deep inertia. 2. opening, unsealed, and faintly tinged with colour; the life pulsates. 3. quickened, alive, alert in two directions; the two small doors are open wide. 4. radiant and reaching forth with vibrant note to all related centres. 5. blended they are and each with each works rhythmically. the vital force flows through from all the planes. the world stands open wide. related to these five stages, wherein the etheric body expands and becomes the vital livingness of all expression upon the physical plane, are the five races of men, beginning with the lemurian race, the five planes of human and superhuman expression, the five stages of consciousness and the various other groupings of five with which you meet in the esoteric

not been so usual and only a few writers, ancient or modern, have touched upon the nature of these beings. now, with all that i have given you concerning the seven rays and the seven ray lords, much more can be discovered; these seven great lives can be seen and known as the informing essences and the active energies in all that is manifested and tangible upon the physical plane as well as on all the planes of divine expression; in saying this, i include not only the cosmic physical plane- 345- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iv: esoteric healing copyright 1998 lucis trust (composed of our seven systemic planes) but the cosmic astral and the cosmic mental planes also. in this rule the healer is expected to accept certain basic ideas which will serve to develop his understanding; certa

ALICE A BAILEY22 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME II

his work most interesting. it is, in a way, a tiny reflection of the technique of the hierarchy and the way the masters work (though on a much higher turn of the spiral) in times of crisis, or when there is need for all the groups or ashrams as there is today to unite in some endeavour, necessitated by the need of humanity or by some planetary emergency. the masters, starting their work on one of the planes of the spiritual triad, instead of the mental plane as do their disciples, concentrate on the "theme" under their consideration, during the period of three full moons. they then meet in conclave and each makes his contribution to the joint problem, as also does the christ and, at critical times, members of the council chamber of sanat kumara. on the basis of the proposals, and after due

e six relationships are not six initiations but six intermediate expansions of consciousness, occurring between the major initiations. 3. they are definitely formulas of integration: a. they concern integration progressively into a master's group. b. they also concern integration into some state of group sensitivity, on some one plane, for consciousness of sensitive response is the keynote of all the planes throughout the solar system. 4. they are also formulas of revelation. this is peculiarly so in connection with formula one. they bring about, when rightly used: a. the revelation of group feeling. b. the revelation of the master as he is, the centre of light and power within the circle. c. the revelation of the point of life at the centre of all forms. these effects, resulting from righ

it. when he so defined space, he gave humanity one of the most important hints it has ever received. the realisation of the existence of this entity leads to a practical recognition of the aphorism that "in him we live and move and have our being" it explains the necessity for the esoteric teaching anent planetary- 274- discipleship in the new age- volume ii copyright 1998 lucis trust centres and the planes as states of consciousness. the disciple then begins to study himself in relation to this "all-enveloping entity" to ascertain the "direction" from which the various energies (which empower his life and motivate his actions) come, and to familiarise himself gradually in "the location of these power stations and of those radiant centres of light which founded by the divine creator are th

will need here to discriminate carefully between symbols and facts; more, i need not here indicate. in our consideration of this fifth point of revelation, a most complete picture is given of the three stages of the process, which i mentioned earlier: penetration, polarisation, precipitation- 295- discipleship in the new age- volume ii copyright 1998 lucis trust in this particular revelation, all the planes (of the cosmic physical plane) are involved; this, in itself, is unusual; the entire proceeding concerns the penetration of the blended seven rays throughout all the states of consciousness as indicated by the seven substantial planes. this must be remembered, because the concept of "planes" is almost irretrievably (and i use this word advisedly) associated with the idea of matter or of

this group today as it, in its turn, faces humanity, one of whose controlling rays is the fourth. you can, therefore, expect to have to face up to a life of testing and of change. this is not to posit that the testing and change and battle will be of a physical nature or on the physical plane or will involve physical plane decisions. this ray produces the "harmonising" strain and stress on any of the planes (using these words technically) and for the majority of you it is pre-eminently active upon the astral plane. there the tests will come, with repercussions if i may use such a phrase upon the buddhic or intuitional plane. you are facing changes in your life. i would here point out to you that changes in the life of a pledged disciple can be due to two main causes: the working out of kar

ALICE A BAILEY23 THE EXTERNALISATION OF THE HIERARCHY

ere meet in a spirit of cooperation intermediary..humanity itself. self-consciousness agent..t. he lord of civilisation expression..i.ntelligent love, dedicated to the plan creativity the will-to-good planes of emphasis..the atmic or plane of spiritual will the mental plane the physical plane focal point..the throat centre planetary centre..h. umanity thus all the great centres are linked and all the planes are interrelated; the past has contributed its finished work; the present is evoking its just and right development; the future of wonder and of divine possibility appears its results contingent upon a spirit of right understanding and invocation. three statements in the new testament begin now to demonstrate their profound- 107- the externalisation of the hierarchy copyright 1998 lucis

nations from which they spring, because they have laid the emphasis upon their relatively brief history and have been brought up on a biased and oft prejudiced picture of european culture and of british aims. this ignorance throughout the world plays right into the hands of the forces of evil and beaten as they now are on the physical plane they will give more violent battle to world goodwill on the planes of emotional decision, and on mental levels to those ideologies which are of benefit to the whole of humanity. physical plane methods having resulted only in the complete devastation of europe and in casualties which (if civilian men, women and children are included) amount to untold millions, the forces of evil will now endeavour to utilise the character of humanity as a whole (at its

lane and the outer organisations receive the needed stimulation. that is why it is necessary to work with the students at this time and train them in the nature of true occultism. when we understand better the significance of time in prevision, and of force in movement, and when we comprehend more fully the laws that control the subtler bodies, and through them therefore the laws that function on the planes whereon those bodies express themselves, then will there be more intelligent and more useful work offered in cooperation with the occult hierarchy. in the esoteric group, which is composed of the true spiritual esotericists found in all exoteric occult groups, in the church, by whatever name it may be called, and in masonry you have the three paths leading to initiation. as yet they are

t of all awakened men's thinking in a new and comprehensive way, producing the great ideologies; it aroused their massed desire, and registered obstruction on the physical plane. it found its course impeded and discovered it was faced with barriers. this energy from shamballa, being an aspect of the ray of the destroyer, proceeded to "burn up" in the fires of destruction, all such hindrances upon the planes in the three worlds. this was the deeply esoteric and unrecognised cause of the war the beneficent bringing to an end of the impediments to the free flow of spiritual energy down into the third centre; this was the factor which called "evil from its hidden place" and brought the opposing forces to the surface of existence, prior to their "sealing. to the extent that this was so, mankind

ALICE A BAILEY24 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME V THE RAYS AND THE INITIATIONS

nsion, with all that that phrase implies. as they descend, they produce stimulation; as they ascend, they produce transmutation and abstraction, and the one effect is as unalterable as the other. it is upon this inevitability of the ascending energies, and the effects which they will bring about, that the entire hope of the future depends; nothing can arrest their return or their progress through the planes and back again to their source. upon this dual process of descent and ascension the whole cyclic panorama of manifestation rests, and upon the inflow and activity of new and higher energies the whole fact of the evolutionary process depends. it will therefore be apparent to you that the descent of energy brings with it under the cyclic law certain new "inspirations" certain new "seeds o

works within the veils of maya. these particular devas in "their serried ranks" are the directive agents of the divine energy which implements the purposes of deity upon the physical plane. they work only on etheric levels either upon our physical plane or on the cosmic etheric levels. they are therefore active in the realm of maya, which is the etheric plane as we usually understand it, or upon the planes of the spiritual triad. they are not active on the three gross physical levels or upon the astral or mental planes, nor are they active upon the highest or logoic plane. there they are implicit or latent but not active. they are the great "impulsive factors" in manifestation, organising substance, directing the multiplicity of lives and beings who constitute the forms through which god

upon the astral or mental planes, nor are they active upon the highest or logoic plane. there they are implicit or latent but not active. they are the great "impulsive factors" in manifestation, organising substance, directing the multiplicity of lives and beings who constitute the forms through which god expresses divinity. in a peculiar sense, they are the embodiment of the divine purpose upon the planes of the monad and of the triad, just as the aggregate of energies in man's etheric body is the result of his inner direction and the cause of his outer manifestation. to understand more fully the function of the deva forces, a man must arrive at some understanding of the forces in his etheric body which, in their turn, are the consequence of his point of attainment an attainment- 116- a

ovide a new field of experience for the lives which, in cyclic rhythm, again seek to manifest. the entire story of incarnation is hidden in the understanding of the sound and its differentiation into the o.m. and the a.u.m. when we can identify the sound and are no longer "moved" by the o.m, then the initiate becomes a christ in expression and makes his appearance, either in physical form or upon the planes of what to us might be called the "areas of non-appearance" he can then contain and utilise the energies of which the spiritual triad is the custodian and which are the expression of the will and purpose of god. though the initiate may not be a part of the planetary government, and though he may not be a member of the council at shamballa (for only a limited number of initiates are so p

whereon transformation goes forward. this transformation has naught to do with the transforming of the personality, but is uniquely related to the interior work of the hierarchy and the effect of this living, developing intensity upon the members of the hierarchy. five planes are therefore involved in these two phases of the divine work. 4. the two highest planes (the monadic and the logoic) are the planes of transfiguration, from the point of view of the higher initiate. by then the processes of transmutation have dropped below the threshold of consciousness, and though the initiate (working with forms in the three worlds) has his instrument upon the outer physical plane, his own work and hierarchical activity is strictly triadal and monadic, with a steadily growing responsiveness to log

n (and often does) militate against a grasp of the truth and presents a false picture to the intelligence; the facts which i have just emphasised have much to do with the nature of the higher initiations. i would ask you to remember this- 232- a treatise on the seven rays- volume v: the rays and the initiations copyright 1998 lucis trust the third initiation, therefore, releases the initiate from the planes of unprincipled substance (the lower subplanes of the cosmic physical plane, whilst the next two initiations make it possible for him to work with intelligence and love on the two lower levels of the cosmic etheric plane the buddhic and the atmic, the planes of spiritual love and intelligent will. the way of the higher evolution leads through the monadic and logoic planes (the two highe

rt of the sun, and from thence to the cosmic mental plane, passing through and pausing temporarily upon the cosmic astral plane. the above statement does not in reality refer to progress from point to point in an ordered sequence. it refers to high states of awareness and to a form of cosmic contact which is registered by the master from the point at which he stands upon this second path, for all the planes are interpenetrating. this has been somewhat easy to understand in connection with our seven planes, as the rarer substances could be visualised as interpenetrating the denser. it is not so easy to comprehend, however, when we pass out of the cosmic physical plane (in our imagination, needless to say) and enter those planes of which we know nothing and of whose composition and substance

is trust being is simple, free, unlimited and unimpeded and in that world the master moves and works. becoming is complex, imprisoning, limited and subjected to hindrances, and in that world the disciple and the lesser initiates live and move and have their being. the master works simultaneously in two worlds or states of awareness; i.e, that related to pure existence, to the untrammelled life of the planes controlled by the monad, and also by the hierarchy. there naught but the plan engrosses his attention. he deals safely with "the simplicity which is shamballa" and its sphere or aura of influence and "with the field of relationships which are nurtured from the ashram of the christ" i am here quoting one of the masters who was endeavouring to explain to a disciple the simplicity of the l

AN INTRO TO STUDY OF THE KABALAH

man, the human soul or ego. it has already been explained that the doctrine of emanation postulates successive stages of the manifestation of the supreme spirit, which may be regarded as existing on separate planes. now the ten sephiroth condense their energy into a formulated four-parted group of three spiritual planes, and a plane of so-called objectivity, or of matter. these ten sephiroth, and the planes, each contribute an essence which in their totality, in ever-varying proportion, constitutes man. at his origin there was formulated what the scientists might call "archetypal man" and what the kabalists named adam kadmon, adm qdmun. primeval man, the greek protogonos. successive stages of beings of this type pass along the ages through a descending scale, offering the individual every

BLAVATSKY H P ANTHROPOGENESIS

s for the great difference between the intellectual capacities of men and races. had not the "sons of mahat" speaking allegorically, skipped the intermediate worlds, in their impulse toward intellectual freedom, the animal man would never have been able to reach upward from this earth, and attain through self-exertion his ultimate goal. the cyclic pilgrimage would have to be performed through all the planes of existence half unconsciously, if not entirely so, as in the case of the animals. it is owing to this rebellion of intellectual life against the morbid inactivity of pure spirit, that we are what we are- self-conscious, thinking men, with the capabilities and attributes of gods in us, for good as much as for evil. hence the rebels are our saviours. let the philosopher ponder well over

night's" rest. for, to quote from an able article by one[[footnote(s* the history of prometheus, karma, and human consciousness, is found further on* by an englishman whose erratic genius killed him. the son of a protestant clergyman, he became a mahomedan, then a rabid atheist, and after meeting with a[[footnote continued on next page[[vol. 2, page] 245 satan, a centripetal force. who, confusing the planes of existence and consciousness, fell a victim to it "satan, or lucifer, represents the active, or, as m. jules baissac calls it, the 'centrifugal energy of the universe' in a cosmic sense. he is fire, light, life, struggle, effort, thought, consciousness, progress, civilization, liberty, independence. at the same time he is pain, which is the re-action of the pleasure of action, and dea

ven" the secret doctrine points out, as a self-evident fact, that mankind, collectively and individually, is, with all manifested nature, the vehicle (a) of the breath of one universal principle, in its primal differentiation; and (b) of the countless "breaths" proceeding from that one breath in its secondary and further differentiations, as nature with its many mankinds proceeds downwards toward the planes that are ever increasing in materiality. the primary breath informs the higher hierarchies; the secondary- the lower, on the constantly descending planes. now there are many passages in the bible which prove on their face, exoterically, that this belief was at one time universal; and the most convincing are the two chapters ezekiel xxviii. and isaiah xiv. christian theologians are welco

e, trained seers though they are, can claim thorough acquaintance with the nature and appearance of planets and their inhabitants belonging to our solar system only. they know that almost all the planetary worlds are inhabited, but can have access to- even in spirit- only those of our system; and they are also aware how difficult it is, even for them, to put themselves into full rapport even with the planes of consciousness within our system, but differing from the states of consciousness possible on this globe; i.e, on the three planes of the chain of spheres beyond our earth. such knowledge and intercourse are possible to them because they have learned how to penetrate to planes of consciousness which are closed to the perceptions of ordinary men; but were they to communicate their knowl

om the rig-veda, but simply repeats the esoteric teaching. the "three strata or layers" do not refer to our globe alone, but to three layers of the globes of our terrestrial chain- two by two, on each plane, one on the descending, the other on the ascending arc. thus, with reference to the six spheres or globes above our earth, the seventh and the fourth, it is septempartite, while with regard to the planes over our plane- it is tripartite. this meaning is carried out and corroborated by the text in the avesta and vendidad, and even by the speculations- a most laborious and unsatisfactory guess-work- of the translators and commentators. it thus follows that the division of the "earth" or rather the earth's chain, into seven karshvars is not in contradiction with the three "zones" if this w

BLAVATSKY H P COSMOGENESIS

astic disputations. the two terms "alaya" and "paramartha" have been the causes of dividing schools and splitting the truth into more different aspects than any other mystic terms. alaya is literally the "soul of the world" or anima mundi, the "over-soul" of emerson, and according to esoteric teaching it changes periodically its nature. alaya, though eternal and changeless in its inner essence on the planes which are unreachable by either men or cosmic gods (dhyani buddhas, alters during the active life-period with respect to the lower planes, ours included. during that time not only the dhyanibuddhas are one with alaya in soul and essence, but even the man strong in the yoga (mystic meditation "is able to merge his soul with it (aryasanga, the bumapa school. this is not nirvana, but a con

, is but the personified idea of the "thought divine (as the hermetic "pymander; each of the manus, therefore, being the special god, the creator and fashioner of all that appears during his own respective cycle of being or manvantara. fohat runs the manus (or dhyan-chohans) errands, and causes the ideal prototypes to expand from within without- viz, to cross gradually, on a descending scale, all the planes from the noumenon to the lowest phenomenon, to bloom finally on the last into full objectivity- the acme of illusion, or the grossest matter- stanza iii- continued. 2. the vibration sweeps along, touching with its swift wing (simultaneously) the whole universe, and the germ that dwelleth in darkness: the darkness that breathes (moves) over the slumbering waters of life (a[[vol. 1, page]

rst sentence of the sloka is, that those who have been called lipikas, the recorders of the karmic ledger, make an impassible barrier between the personal ego and the impersonal self, the noumenon and parent-source of the former. hence the allegory. they circumscribe the manifested world of matter within the ring "pass-not" this world is the symbol (objective) of the one divided into the many, on the planes of illusion, of adi (the "first) or of eka (the "one; and this one is the collective aggregate, or totality, of the principal creators or architects of this visible universe. in hebrew occultism their name is both achath, feminine "one" and achod "one" again, but masculine. the monotheists have taken (and are still taking) advantage of the profound esotericism of the kabala to apply the

, as is usually done, but, in truth, ought not to be done* or as usually named after the manner of esoteric buddhism and others: 1, atma; 2, buddhi (or spiritual soul; 3, manas (human soul; 4, kama rupa (vehicle of desires and passions; 5, linga sarira; 6, prana; 7, sthula sarira[[vol. 1, page] 154 the secret doctrine. the dark horizontal lines of the lower planes are the upadhis in one case, and the planes in the case of the planetary chain. of course, as regards the human principles, the diagram does not place them quite in order, yet it shows the correspondence and analogy to which attention is now drawn. as the reader will see, it is a case of descent into matter, the adjustment- in both the mystic and the physical senses- of the two, and their interblending for the great coming "strug

dmon (the three upper planes of the seven) cannot be seen before the soul stands in the presence of the ancient of days" the sephiroth of this upper triad are "1, kether (the crown) represented by the brow of macroprosopos; 2, chochmah (wisdom, a male principle) by his right shoulder; and 3, binah (intelligence, a female principle) by the left shoulder" then come the seven limbs (or sephiroth) on the planes of manifestation, the totality of these four planes being represented by microprosopus (the[[footnote(s* the formation of the "living soul" or man, would render the idea more clearly "a living soul" is a synonym of man in the bible. these are our seven "principles[[vol. 1, page] 240 the secret doctrine. lesser face) or tetragrammaton, the "four-lettered" mystery "the seven manifested an

ng soul" is a synonym of man in the bible. these are our seven "principles[[vol. 1, page] 240 the secret doctrine. lesser face) or tetragrammaton, the "four-lettered" mystery "the seven manifested and the three concealed limbs are the body of the deity" thus our earth, malkuth, is both the seventh and the fourth world, the former when counting from the first globe above, the latter if reckoned by the planes. it is generated by the sixth globe or sephiroth called yezod "foundation" or as said in the book of numbers "by yezod, he (adam kadmon) fecundates the primitive heva (eve or our earth. rendered in mystic language this is the explanation why malkuth, called "the inferior mother" matrona, queen, and the kingdom of the foundation, is shown as the bride of tetragrammaton or microprosopus (

fferentiations on all the seven planes of cosmic consciousness. there are thus seven protyles (as they are now called, while aryan antiquity called them the seven prakriti, or natures, serving, severally, as the relatively homogeneous basis, which in the course of the increasing heterogeneity (in the evolution of the universe) differentiate into the marvellous complexity presented by phenomena on the planes of perception. the term "relatively" is used designedly, because the very existence of such a process, resulting in the primary segregations of undifferentiated cosmic substance into its septenary bases of evolution, compels us to regard the protyle* of each plane as only a mediate phase assumed by substance in its passage from abstract, into full objectivity. cosmic ideation is said to

states of matter representing the aggregate of perceived objects" can have but a relative and purely phenomenal existence for the children of our plane. as the modern idealists would say, the co-operation of subject and object results in the sense-object or phenomenon. but this does not necessarily lead to the conclusion that it is the same on all other planes; that the co-operation of the two on the planes of their septenary differentiation results in a septenary aggregate of phenomena which are likewise non-existent per se, though concrete realities for the entities of whose experience they form a part, in the same manner as the rocks and rivers around us are real from the stand-point of a physicist, though unreal illusions of sense from that of the metaphysician. it would be an error to

BLUE EQUINOX

ructions given in this book are too loose to find place in the class d publications. instructions given for elementary study of the qabalah, assumption of god forms, vibrations of divine names, the rituals of curriculum of a.a. 29 pentagram and hexagram, and their uses in protection and invocation, a method of obtaining astral visions so called, and an instruction in the practice called rising on the planes. liber ix. liber e vel exercitiorum. this book instructs the aspirant in the necessity of keeping a record. suggests methods of testing physical clairvoyance. gives instruction in asana, pranayama and dharana, and advises the application of tests to the physical body, in order that the student may thoroughly understand his own limitations. liber xxx. liber libr. an elementary course of

us et sagitt. the instructions given in this book are too loose to find place in the class d publications. instructions given for elementary study of the qabalah, assumption of god forms, vibrations of divine names, the rituals of pentagram and hexagram, and their uses in protection and invocation, a method of obtaining astral visions so called, and an instruction in the practice called rising on the planes. liber ix. liber e vel exercitiorum. this book instructs the aspirant in the necessity of keeping a record. suggests methods of testing physical clairvoyance. gives instruction in asana, pranayama and dharana, and advises the application of tests to the physical body, in order that the student may thoroughly understand his own limitations. liber xcvi. liber gaias. a handbook of geomancy

well. fill yourself with love, and it will flow out of its own accord..o.m] nov. 27. letter from chancellor of a.a. was glad to receive this, as it cleared up a point that had long troubled me. note: this was the point re astral journeys, mentioned before [this gave fra. v.i.o. fresh confidence, and we find records of experiments at once..ed] nov. 27, 11:6 to 11:28 p.m. astral journey. rising on the planes. will try and recount this experience in detail as it was somewhat different from any previous experiment. after prayer, formulated astral enclosing body and began to rise. tried to ascend middle pillar. dark blue, then more purple. presently found my astral body in a sort of open temple square with 4 pillars for corners, open sides and a high domed roof. in the centre the equinox 164 o

ive happy ever after. i feel that this may be life, but it is not art. a mourner clad in green. four dimensional vistas. by claude bragdon. alfred a. knopf, 1916. it is a great pleasure to read this book, for although in some points we may find ourselves obliged to disagree with the author, the general effect is that a perusal leaves one with the feeling of having been at home; that is to say, on the planes of pure and exalted thought. we cannot say that mr. bragdon is in any sense an original thinker, as hinton was, but he has done something to extend and popularize hinton s ideas. some of the analogies in this book are very illuminating. unfortunately, as it appears to us, mr. bragdon is tied up with theosophical dogmas. he talks about the .new freedom. and bases his whole argument on th

COMMENTARY ON THE SEAL OF THE NINE ANGLES

on in any direction. even the locus is "both there and not, since it has no dimensions at all. hence there are an infinite number of loci, for example on a one-inch- long line: an interesting mathemagical paradox. second angle: duality. the profound and necessarily total change of unity into symmetry and polarity (and its symbolic representations: horus and set, yang and yin, etc) the "orderer of the planes and angles' is yog- sothoth, who is, as the shaper of energy and matter, described as the author of earth in its matter/energy/evolutionary configuration. note that in pure duality there is no room for judgment between the two; there is only one or the other. in duality geometry creates a single extension (a line. third angle: this is a very critical stage, because the existence of a th

DAVID ICKE AND THE TRUTH SHALL SET YOU FREE

charge of the seal investigation, revealed "he said 1983 was his most profitable cocaine smuggling period ever. he said that the airplanes that he had placed at the mena airport, there were four of them, a couple of cessnas, a couple of panthers, and one or two stragglers here and there, different airplanes. he said they were purchased solely for the purpose of cocaine smuggling" welch added that the planes had special, and illegal, cargo doors which could be opened in flight to drop the drugs and money at other sites in arkansas. but where were the prosecutions? in the ten years during which the mena drug operation was common knowledge, there was not one major prosecution. yet when clinton became president, he announced. guess what? yes, a war on drugs. this was shortly before he revoked

DION FORTUNE CEREMONIAL MAGIC UNVEILED

es of the order to me on either the outer or the inner planes. i personally believe that the temples of the mysteries are not houses made with hands, but are eternal in the heavens. i no more believe mcgregor mathers' story of meeting mysterious adepts in the bois de boulogne than i believe leadbeater's stories of the masters and their marble seats. there is not only folly, but fraud in confusing the planes, and representing that which was experienced subjectively as having actually happened in the world of matter. i have given my life to occultism since i was a young girl, and everything i have seen and experienced, on both the inner and the outer planes, points away from any centralised human organisation. i have seen the most extravagant claims made on behalf of some such great white lo

DION FORTUNE MYSTICAL QABALA

n in space. the am soph aur has been called a circle whose centre is every-where and whose circumference is nowhere, a statement which, like so many in occultism, is inconceivable, yet nevertheless presents an image to the mind and therefore serves its purpose. kether, then (and for the matter of that, all the other sephiroth, is a state or condition of existence. we must always bear in mind that the planes do not tower up one above another into the empyrean like the storeys of a building, but are conditions of being, states of existence of different types, and though they developed successively in time, they occur simultaneously in space; existence of all types being present in a single being, as we realise when we remember that the being of man is made up of a physical body, emotions, mi

h them does the whole body cohere, and the body is contained by them on mystical qabala page 33 [page 48] every side, and through the whole body are they expanded and diffused" 19. when it is recalled that daath is situated at the point where the abyss bisects the middle pillar, and that up the middle pillar lies the path of the arrow, the way by which consciousness goes when the psychic rises on the planes, and that here also is kundalini, we see that in daath is the secret of both generation and regeneration, the key to the manifestation of all things through the differentiation into pairs of opposites and their union in a third. 20. thus doth the tree unfold its secrets to the qabalists, 21. the second triangle upon the tree of life is formed of the sephiroth chesed, geburah, and tiphar

aturn, preserving that which the fiery energy of mars, its opposite number, the sephirah geburah, should sweep out of existence. 11. the two pillars, then, represent the positive- negative forces in nature, the active and passive, the destructive and constructive, concreting form and free-moving force. 12. the sephiroth on the middle pillar may be taken as representing levels of consciousness and the planes on which they operate. malkuth is sensory consciousness; mystical qabala page 39 yesod is astral psychism; tiphareth is illuminated consciousness, the highest aspect of the personality with which the individuality has coalesced; this is the condition which really constitutes initiation; it is the consciousness of the higher self brought through into the personality. it is a gleam of hig

pearing in each qabalistic world upon another arc or level of manifestation; so that just as am soph aur, the limitless light of the unmanifest, concentrated a point, which was kether, and the emanations worked down through increasing grades of density to malkuth, so the malkuth of atziluth is conceived of as giving rise to the kether of briah, mystical qabala page 42 and so on consecutively down the planes, the malkuth of briah giving rise to the kether of yetzirah, the malkuth of yetzirah giving rise to the kether of assiah, and the malkuth of assiah, in its lowest aspect, abutting upon the qliphoth. 3. it is atziluth, however, which is considered the natural sphere of the sephiroth as such, and for this reason it is called the world of emanations. it is here, and here only, that god act

ablished principles and should accept them as such. 8. the central pillar should, in my opinion, be taken to represent consciousness, and the two side pillars as the positive and negative factors of manifestation. it is noteworthy that in the yoga system consciousness is extended when kundalini rises through the central channel of the shushumna, and that the western magical operation of rising on the planes takes place up the central pillar of the tree; that is to say, the symbolism employed to induce this extension of consciousness does not take the sephiroth in their numerical order, commencing with malkuth, but goes from malkuth to yesod, and yesod to tiphareth, by what is called the path of the arrow. 9. malkuth, the sphere of earth, is taken by occultists as signifying brain-conscious

h is usually held to represent the consciousness of another dimension, or the consciousness of another level or plane; it essentially represents the idea of change of key. 12. kether is called the crown. now a crown is above the head, and kether is generally held to represent a form of consciousness which is not achieved during incarnation. it is essentially outside the scheme of things so far as the planes of form are concerned. the spiritual experience associated with kether is union with god, and whoso achieves that experience is said to enter into the light and come not forth again. 13. these sephiroth unquestionably have their correlations in the chakras of the hindu system, but the correspondences are given differently by different authorities. as the method of classification is diff

ich was hitherto unmanifest and therefore unknowable by us. concerning the root from which kether springs we can know nothing; but concerning kether itself we can know something. it may be for us at our stage of development the great unknown, but it is not the great unknowable. the mind of the magus must compass it in his higher visions. in my own experiences with the operation known as rising on the planes, which consists in carrying consciousness up the middle pillar by means of concentration on the successive symbols and the paths, kether, on the one occasion when i touched its fringe, appeared as a blinding white light, in which all thought went completely blank. mystical qabala page 74 2. in kether there is no form but only pure being, whatever that may be. it is, one might say, a lat

ngdoms of atailuth, pure spirit; briah, archetypal mind; yetzirah, astral picture-consciousness; and assiah, the material world in both its dense and subtler aspects. the operations of the mystical qabala page 76 forces of each sephirah are represented in each world under the presidency of a divine name, or word of power, and these words give the keys to the operations of practical occultism upon the planes. the god-name represents the action of the sephirah in the world of atziluth, pure spirit; when the occultist invokes the forces of a sephirah by the god-name, it means that he desires to contact its most abstract essence, that he is seeking the spiritual principle underlying and conditioning that particular mode of manifestation. it is a maxim of white occultism that every operation sh

DION FORTUNE PSYCHIC SELF DEFENSE

ve and marriage. i cannot enter into the subject deeply in these pages, for it would be too much of a digression. some points, however, it is essential to touch upon for a comprehensive survey of our subject. at the moment of sexual union a psychic vortex is formed resembling a waterspout, a funnel-shaped swirling that towers up into other dimension. as body after body engages, the vortex goes up the planes. in all cases the physical, etheric and astral bodies are involved; the vortex therefore always reaches as far as the astral plane; a soul upon the astral plane may be drawn into this vortex if it is ripe for incarnation, and thus enter the sphere of the parents. if the vortex extends higher than the astral plane, souls of a different type may enter this sphere, but such extension is ra

a soul upon the astral plane may be drawn into this vortex if it is ripe for incarnation, and thus enter the sphere of the parents. if the vortex extends higher than the astral plane, souls of a different type may enter this sphere, but such extension is rare, and therefore it is said that man is born of desire, for few are born of anything else. but this vortex may not only extend vertically up the planes (speaking metaphorically, but it may also, under certain conditions, be deflected, as it were, out of the normal human line of evolution, so that its open end extends into the sphere of evolution of another type of life. under such circumstances it is theoretically possible for a being of a parallel evolution to be drawn into incarnation in a human body. occultists hold that this occasi

g into this pure air. 84 of 103 in my opinion, and with all due respect to the practitioners of this latter method, much better results would be obtained if the invocative method, with its utilisation of the efficacy of formula, were used to enable the mind to climb into the pure air of spiritual consciousness where no evil is. it is only those who are highly trained in meditation who can rise on the planes unaided. it is exceedingly difficult to "take off" from sense consciousness without the use of some kind of psychological device to act as a spring-board. there seems to be little object in refusing for purely academic reasons to avail ourselves of a method of proven efficacy. if we realise that the use of forms and symbols is merely a psychological device to enable the mind to get a gr

ad faiths a thousand years after the death of their last votary, and upon the opposite side of the globe to that in which they flourished. but thought-forms are a different matter. they have position in space, and although they can be moved about with the speed of thought, and can be withdrawn to the subtlest level of the astral and there anchored to an idea and thus prevented from impinging upon the planes of form for all practical purposes, nevertheless, although they do not occupy space, they can be referred to definite positions in space. they can, for instance, be associated with a particular object, and will follow that object about, remaining within its magnetic field. the immediate magnetic field is anything from twelve to thirty feet; the remote magnetic field from a hundred to th

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 1

he was succeeded by darwin gross and then by the current eck master, harold klemp. eckankar offers a picture of the inner worlds divided into an order of ascending levels through which the student may travel to the realm of god s presence. the student, or chela, is aided in this process by the work of the eck master, who is believed to be able to meet and assist the student as he or she traverses the planes, especially in the nighttime while sleeping. the many eck exercises (more than a hundred dif- encyclopedia of occultism& parapsychology. 5th ed. eckankar 467 ferent techniques are now taught to students at different levels) assist students in their awareness of the planes, and the literature explains what they will encounter at the different levels of the inner reality. to travel the pl

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 2

these teachings start with the utterly transcendent supreme deity from whom there issues an audible life stream of spirit. this life stream sustains the existence of all worlds and universes. human beings are soul existing in the ocean of spirit. souls have been placed in physical embodiment to awaken to their true nature. the soul may learn to exist apart from its physical body and to travel in the planes of existence between the physical world and god, beginning with the astral, causal, and mental planes. wendelle stevens has noted the similarity of these teachings with eckankar. onec believed in reincarnation and karma and accepted the idea of coming to earth to balance her personal karma. after landing, she said she was substituted for a seven-year-old girl who had just been killed in

EXTRAORDINARY ENCOUNTERS AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF EXTRATERRESTRIALS AND OTHERWORLDY BEINGS

miles away. after completing that part of the mission, the aircraft were to proceed to the east for another sixty-seven miles, turn north for seventy-three miles, then head westsouthwest for the remaining one hundred twenty miles back to their home base. heading the mission the only nonstudent was the relatively inexperienced lt. charles taylor, who did not know the area well. by late afternoon, the planes were lost. taylor thought they were flying over the keys off florida s south coast, and he made a fatal misjudgment: he flew north. if he and his men had been over the keys, of course, they would bermuda triangle 41 a reward poster at a marina for the yacht saba bank, which went missing in the bermuda triangle march 10, 1974 (bettmann/corbis) have arrived over land and to safety. becaus

t a marina for the yacht saba bank, which went missing in the bermuda triangle march 10, 1974 (bettmann/corbis) have arrived over land and to safety. because they were over the bahamas, however, flying northward only put them over the ocean. with weather conditions deteriorating rapidly, their radio contact with land, already sporadic, grew ever more difficult. meanwhile, amid growing alarm about the planes situation, a dumbo flying boat a large rescue aircraft built for flight over large bodies of water was dispatched from a seaplane base in miami and sent on a blind search. soon other planes joined it and flew through the ever more turbulent weather. one of them, a martin mariner, also disappeared. none of the missing craft were ever found. the navy s investigation determined that taylor

large bodies of water was dispatched from a seaplane base in miami and sent on a blind search. soon other planes joined it and flew through the ever more turbulent weather. one of them, a martin mariner, also disappeared. none of the missing craft were ever found. the navy s investigation determined that taylor s confusion about his location, coupled with dangerous air and sea conditions, caused the planes under his command to run out of gas, crash, and get chewed up by the immense waves the storm had summoned. at 7:50 that evening, a ship s crew saw a plane explode. a search for survivors and bodies was unsuccessful, though the vessel passed through a large oil slick from the craft. the navy believed that the mariner, a notoriously dangerous aircraft that was sometimes called a flying ga

FELDMAN DANIEL QABALAH THE MYSTICAL HERITAGE OF THE CHILDREN OF ABRAHAM

ation and magical/occult practices. as such, it is a valuable key that can help open locks guarding the mysteries that lay hidden in hebrew (and arabic) qabalistic books, and provides names of power by which one can light the entire tree. secondly, it is the primary source of angelic tree language, comprised of one series of tree-maps that allude to distinctly different paths of ascension through the planes of consciousness, and a second series that allude to different stations of perfected souls who have completed the ascension. it is said that adam gave the book to his son seth and it was then passed down the generational line to enoch son of yared. when enoch ascended and walked with elohim, he took the book with him. the sefer hashmoth came back into the world again with the covenant o

infinite ground of pure being that is inherently unfathomable to that intellect, they are usually composed of allegories and allusions transmitted by messiahs, perfect masters, and great sages. like a ladder that is used to climb up to the roof of a house and then as the means to come back down, a mystical worldview is intended to act as a vehicle for the awakening consciousness to ascend through the planes of existence to unite with the divine essence. the worldview becomes a frame of reference for the mind to come back into once the soul returns as an individuated being. the elements of the qabalistic worldview are combined in the grand allusion of the tree of life. the tree emanates from the mysterious unknown in its negatively existent roots, and descends through the planes of existenc

mal mirror of sefirah foundation/below as veils of illusion appearing as planes of existence (see figure 3.5 on page 89. these planes are unmanifest in the most sublime world of atziluth (emanation. the attributes of the ayn are reflected in this mirror as the immense i-ness of small face as the creator, sustainer, and destroyer of the universe. the energy of consciousness of small face manifests the planes of existence in the lower three worlds of b riyah (creation, yetzirah (formation, and asiyah (making, activity. like sefiroth crown/above and foundation/below, the two central sefiroth knowledge/first and beauty/last emanate as a pair, and represent two opposite stations in the consciousness of this small face iness. when the immense i-ness is centered in sefirah knowledge/ first, it ha

s the tree in the four worlds. 2 f# four worlds in the fallen and perfect trees (1) 5' 8: h" 2: 2 2:e 8% 2 f+ four worlds in the fallen and perfect trees (2, 0*,0( consciousness manifests substantially in the four worlds as different shells of embodied existence (tvpylq, p.qlifoth, s.qlifah. the qlifoth of embodied human consciousness correlate with the qlifoth of divine consciousness embodied as the planes of existence. the qabalistic qlifoth can be correlated with the vedantic sharira (bodies) and the vedic koshas (sheaths).25 as the empowered substance of consciousness manifesting in the four worlds, the qlifoth co-exist like the layers of an onion in reverse, differing from one another in size, density, and rate of vibration. each qlifah makes its imprint on the next, denser shell. one

he repetition of a root mantra over time gives the ability to accept such flashes as a desirable experience, making it possible to sustain the experiences much longer. this is the most significant advantage of taking the name (i.e. repetition of root mantra) over random flash techniques '0, 6. 0 7 the tree of life is a universal map for the evolution of both divine and individual consciousness in the planes of existence. it contains mysteries that manifest at both the macro- and microcosmic levels. one of the mysteries delineated in tree of life is the fall of adam. this fall is portrayed in the difference between working and perfect trees (see figure 3.6 on page 92. working trees are so-named because they represent different ways of ascending the tree. the primary source for all the diffe

ch as the north indian tantrikas, taoists, and the polynesian kahunas also have maps of consciousness that present their respective worldviews. most such maps in other traditions are not specifically called trees of life. they may look diagramatically quite different, or not be depicted in a diagram at all. yet, it is possible to specifically correlate the names and allusions that they assign for the planes of existence and successive centers of consciousness to those in the hebrew trees. the tantric chakra system and the taoist map of the subtle centers are both depicted in highly detailed pictorial images. the before- and after-the-world sequences from the eighth wing of the chinese i ching (book of change, titled the shuo qua, are much more abstract diagrams, representing the sefiroth a

s are built and sustained. a good yogic mantra or string of power names gives the individual consciousness an encoded ladder that will systematically move it through successive levels of the tree. a well-structured root mantra usually combines a principal name of small face with an appropriate name of vast face. it also includes built-in mechanisms to ensure smooth and natural transitions between the planes of existence and stations of consciousness, and into the roots of the tree. in the mystical qabalah, most such root mantra involve the name hvhy. it is very good for a person to depict the letters of the name hvhy before the eyes of the mind. 4 repeating a mantra over time creates a sympathetic vibration in the mind. it purifies desires, intensifies unconditional love and surrender, and

GILBERT THE MAGICAL MASON

teachesaboutman, the human soul.ithas already been explained that the doctrine of emanation postulates successive stages of the manifestation of the supreme spirit, which may be regarded as existing on separate planes. now thetensephiroth cluster their energy into a formulated four-parted group, upon three spiritual planes, and a plane of so-called objectivity or of matter. thesetensephiroth, and the planes, each contribute an essence which in their totality, in ever-varying proportion, constitutes man. at his origin there was formulated what the scientists would call 'archetypal man, and what the kabalists call adam kadmon, the heavenly man. successive stages of entities of this type pass along the ages through a descending scale, offering the individual every variety of experience, and t

GNOSTIC HANDBOOK

stic handbook page 20 while this model may be useful, especially in the creation of resonances or correspondences between phenomena (for example, relating seven planes to the seven bodies of man, seven colours and rays etc. it can also be counter traditional and reductionist. the tendency is to use the seven planes in a standard "scientific" chart and ignore the more organic view that was held of the planes in early theosophy. in the next chapter we will examine this in more detail and consider it in terms of the gnostic tradition. the kabbalistic tree of life the kabbalah is a system of some controversy, it has been heralded as the greatest mystical system of all, handed down by moses and guarded by the jewish people. the problem with this largely mythical tale is that the kabbalah was no

rve up the body of ymir to create midgard. ymirs bones become the moutains, his teeth the rocks, his blood the rivers, his skull the vault of the sky, his hair the forests and grasses. like the titans, ymir's death creates mankind. hence midgard is a checkerboard on which fire and ice battle against each other until the game is completed. from the interaction of fire and ice within the great gap, the planes or worlds are formed. this model when examined critically (we will return to it in the next lesson) has a lot in common with the kabbalah and theosophical plane models. together they give us a good overview of the great chain of being. the planes or world below the triune forces of the void, fire and ice are: vanaheim is the world of the vanir. it is the realm of fertility, wealth and f

nature of the polarity. these traditions range from those of paganism and heathenism to the syzergies of valentinus. while there is nothing wrong with using myth and legend to put flesh on the bones of metaphysical principles, we should note confuse the image with the essence. certainly there is a wide range of god and goddess images which fit nicely on this polarity, they also move down through the planes and have other expressions. if we use the kabbalistic model for a moment we can see how the pagan concept of the horned god and the triple goddess arose. the horned god manifests as the logos in chokmah and then as the sun. these are his two modes. while the goddess manifests as the old crone of saturn (sophia/binah, the midwife (lunar) and the girl child (earth. these images are pregna

rstand them. the gnostic handbook page 35 the solar logos christ the term christ means anointed and it is the force of the spiritual sun. it is represents the completed individual in which sophia and the logos have transformed consciousness and the mediator at the nexus of all systems. the solar logos, christ or the sacred sun transmits the transforming energies of the triune principle throughout the planes. it is the door through which the energies of the upper world communicate with those of the planes. it can be imaged as the dying and reborn sun and hence related a wide range of god-man myths and legends. i am the door: by me if any man enter in, he shall be saved, and shall go in and out, and find pasture. john 10:9 the sun can be also however harsh, it dries out the land and kills th

moon. the first thing to note is that the underworld is not hell. there is no heaven and hell in the gnostic system, the underworld is the realm of the dead and where we experience the afterlife. some people create their own heavens and hells there but that is another story. the models we are outlining cannot be reduce to scientific charts, while there are seven planes they intermingle and meld. the planes exist behind, through and within the physical and they interpenetrate each other just as much. the astral plane can be imaged under, inside or above the earth, the gnostic handbook page 40 all have the same imagery. it is somewhat a matter of how we conceptualise the universe. the model of the astral plane above the earth, ruled by the moon has a more hierarchy feel, while the underworl

wn image, which degenerates the principles into warring, fighting and marauding reflections of ourselves (and this is certainly true with the viking tradition. so once again we can marvel at the imagery, but should be aware of its limitations. the immortals the immortals are those beings which work within the force of the seven planes or rays. the seven logoii emanate currents of force throughout the planes (called rays) and through each there is a spiritual hierarchy. in this work we will not discuss these in details but you can read about them in our other texts. while some traditions have brought the master tradition into disrepute with their ever channelling ascended yahoos etc, this should not be allowed to discredit the real and important role of those who work within the great hiera

GNOSTIC STUDIES THE GNOSTIC HANDBOOK II GNOSTIC THEURGY

rmulated and laid. gnostic theurgy page 29 the desire plane the desire plane is also known as the emotional or astral plane. in some traditions it is also seen as the reflective sphere or astral light. the division between the thought and desire plane is not as clear as it seems and intermingling occurs between them both, the lower reaches of both planes are nearly totally dialectally controlled. the planes of thought and desire are equivalent to the kabbalistic world of yetzirah. the physical plane is the kabbalistic world of assiah, the fallen world of matter. now i realise these descriptions are far from satisfactory, however it is very difficult to define alternate realities without reference to other subjects which we have not covered as yet. since the gnostic system is self referenci

f holography we could say that matter is interference in the pattern of spirit. from this we can begin to see how the alpha event fits into our model. however, there is more, since the alpha event changed the quality of our energy source, it also changed the resulting spectrum- we now have reality as a hologram, a mirage or illusion. this hologram, in terms of the esoteric tradition, contaminated the planes and caused the lowest reaches of the desire plane to become what we know as physical. it also caused a breach in the spiritual world, and formed what is known in gnosticism as the great schism. the great schism the church teaches that god is the source of all perfect and that the whole world, visible and invisible, is his creation. yet one does not need to be a philosopher to observe th

oolish wisdom of the flesh and the seventh is the wrathful wisdom. these are the seven powers of wrath. it is also interesting to note that the magicians who designed the planetary kamea s or talismans knew this very well. each planet had a spirit and an intelligence, a light side and a dark side, a force of light and a fallen vortex. when we apply our understanding of this schism to our model of the planes and worlds, we begin to get an accurate representation of the state of the universe (fig 9) gnostic theurgy page 39 we can see how the lower planes are in a constant state of conflict, though light forces exist in the lower worlds they are under the dominion of the archons and are, accordingly, for all intents and purposes held captive. this brings so much meaning to the following quote

he path of transfiguration, be aware of them! the process of awakening the light self is central to gnostic practice, but also thwart with danger. we are living at the end of the age, in the fallen kingdoms- expect trouble. it is not possible to achieve a state of perfect balance, for we are exiles in an gnostic theurgy page 71 the bodies, mind and related titles mind, planes and worlds the mind. the planes. the worlds. self. divine. atziluth. anima/animus. monadic. atziluth. collective unconscious. spiritual. briah. collective unconscious. intuitive. briah. personal unconscious. mental. yetzirah. rational mind. emotional. yetzirah. cellular consciousness. physical. assiah. seven bodies levels of the psyche. hebrew titles. self. self. yechidah. mediator self. anima and animus. neschamah& c

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS D

e of l, etc. remember, when doing this kind of work it is vital, that the white portion be used for all divine and spiritual matters and for all sephirotic influences as well. let us never confuse a sephiroth with one of the heavens of assiah, or with a planet or a zodiacal. all sephirotic influences should be invoked with the white band held on high. the white band is also employed for rising in the planes. 4 when working with mundane matters, you will use the black portion of the lotus wand, as this deals with the material and the physical world. the symbology of the lotus the inner ten petals refer to the purity of the ten sephiroth. understanding the symbology of the lotus itself is very important. this is, of course, why we hold the white portion of the lotus wand when working with th

in great length by those interested in pursuing alchemy. the wand, again, we will emphasize must never be inverted. the lotus flower is to never be touched in working. so, it is incorrect to pick up your wand by the lotus itself. it is really the most pure part of the wand. it is the crown, if you will, of kether. in spiritual or sephirotic workings, or even in workings where you are rising up in the planes, the lotus is to be inclined toward the forehead. consecration of the lotus wand the tools necessary for the consecration of the lotus wand are! a private room! the white triangle! the red cross of six squares! incense (frankincense or myrrh! a rose, representing m! a cup of wine, representing n! a lamp, representing o! bread and salt, representing l! the altar draped in black. it is al

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS U4

rer without a definite goal. the adept must always plan out his/her journeys and destinations. the highest of destinations is rtk of y. the greatest of treasurers is divine union and bliss with the higher genius. since rtk is the simplest of sephiroth, it will require a continual and gradual stripping away of one's complexities. when the adept is "working the tree of life" he or she is "rising on the planes" this is definitely a mystical process. each path develops one simplistically and brings us closer to gnosis with our higher genius. the tree acts as a chart or guide in that it gives us a specific direction and location. in addition, it allows us to project to a location through the use of symbols, colors, names, etamu6 obsession, trance& death r. r. e t a. c. z e l a t o r a d e p t u

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM11

oss of gold the light descend upon you. long has thou dwelt in the darkness, quit the night and seek the day. khabs am pekht. konx om pax. light in extension. iao! let the divine light descend" step 10 walk forth and enter the double, feeling as one glorified in light yet remaining still in the osirian god form. say "do not touch me, for i have not yet ascended unto my father" step 11 now rise in the planes to the highest point of pure white brilliance. atune yourself with your higher genius. feel any inspiration "i am the resurrection and the life. whosoever believeth in me though he were dead yet shall he live, and whosoever liveth and believeth in me shall never die. i am the first and the last. i am he that liveth and was dead, and behold i am alive forever more and i hold the keys of

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM3

ld be performed astrally. if one is confined to working in a non-private space, it should not be exposed before the profane. the vigil step 1 let the adept be purified with the l.b.r.p. and b.r.h (if needed. step 2 say the invocation of the lord of the universe" holy art thou" step 3 perform the s.i.r.h. of luna. step 4 let the adept now begin, using the fullness of the moon as a sigil to rise in the planes unto the sephira of dwsy. the adept should take full caution not to allow any illusion or form to distract him or her from the work and should quickly banish astral distractions should they appear. step 5 the adept should now, using the formula of the middle pillar, infuse the sphere of sensation with the briatic color of dwsy (purple) until the adept feels fully integrated in the yesod

him or her from the work and should quickly banish astral distractions should they appear. step 5 the adept should now, using the formula of the middle pillar, infuse the sphere of sensation with the briatic color of dwsy (purple) until the adept feels fully integrated in the yesodic astral current. let the adept now astrally perform the s.i.r.h. of trapt, reciting the divine names and rising in the planes to trapt, the place of the a. the adept now stands in trapt under the light of rtk. step 6 let the adept now integrate his astral body with the rose color of the king scale of trapt with the divine light of rtk above his or her head glowing ever brighter. let the adept now astrally perform the invocation of the supernals. step 7 upon connection and reception of the divine white brillian

GRERALD SCHUELER AN ADVANCED GUIDE TO ENOCHIAN MAGICK

ith furniture. exercise your body of light and your magical imagination at regular intervals until your astral temple is as real to you 79 as your physical temple. stage 3. confirme developing your body of light until it is as real as your physical body. slowly, gradually, project it outward from your astral temple into the surrounding environment of the astral plane. stage 4. practice "rising on the planes" going higher and higher each time. try to reach the spiritual planes beyond the mental. note: the development of the body of light is an ongoing process. the key to success is practice. the fruit of your efforts are the experiences and lessons that you will surely encounter as you advance. remember, your subtle body already exists; you are simply becoming conscious of it. warning: do n

going higher and higher each time. try to reach the spiritual planes beyond the mental. note: the development of the body of light is an ongoing process. the key to success is practice. the fruit of your efforts are the experiences and lessons that you will surely encounter as you advance. remember, your subtle body already exists; you are simply becoming conscious of it. warning: do not confuse the planes. always keep your subtle body on the subtle planes and your physical body on the physical plane. mental imbalance can result from confusing the planes in your mirad. this is probably the chief error made by the novice magician. work sheet: use the following sample work sheet to keep an on-going record of your operations. a sample completed work sheet is provided to demonstrate the kind

will actually see and/or hear the deity or demon invoked. if a demon strikes you, you will suffer the pain accordingly. however, no one elle around you will probably be able to see or hear the deity except yourself. this in no way lessens the reality of the demon or deity. if a scribe is at hand, you will want to speak aloud what you see and hear. if you can formulate your subtle body and rise on the planes, then you can go to the deity rather than have it come to you. the results will be the same except that f ull remembrance of astral traveling experiences is difficult. after every successful invocador or evocation always banish the deity back to his natural residence. every invocation or evocation establishes a psycho-magnetic link between you and that deity. this link must be properly

sical body again. usually the desire to do so is suf124 ficient. you will find that this step is exactly like waking up after a nap. notes to step 7. record the results of each of your exercises. document what preparations you tried and the results that you obtained. with time and practice you should be able to find a ceremony that produces good results for you. 125 an advanced exercise-rising on the planes you have got to go out r sing on the planes every day of your life, yearafter year. you are not to be disheartened by failure, or too much encouraged by success, in any one practice or set of practices. aleister crowley, magick in theory and practice all powerful magic is within me. 1 am one zvho can travel in strength without forgetting his name. i am yesterday "seer of millions of yea

couraged by success, in any one practice or set of practices. aleister crowley, magick in theory and practice all powerful magic is within me. 1 am one zvho can travel in strength without forgetting his name. i am yesterday "seer of millions of years"is my name. i can t ravel along the paths with those who influence the gods. chapter xlii, the book of the dead the following exercise for rising on the planes is intended for your magical preparation. it is adapted from crowley's liber o, chapter vi. perform the operation as often as necessary cantil you have attained the one-pointed concentration of dharana or a degree of samadhi. you should attain some success with the exercise for subtle body development before attempting this more advanced exercise. step 1. properly prepare yourself and y

life and death abide in me. i am the bennu, the soul of rai the guide of the gods. osiris comes forth as a master of the earth to do whatsoever his ka desires. i am the son of osiris, and a master of the earth. and behold, i will do whatsoever my ka desires. abai-malpirg blior-olprt telokh. 366 stay in this formless, thoughtless state of death for as long as you can. step 7. return slowly through the planes of manifestation. pass through the watchtower of faire and say: here i receive my life. recover your sense of being. pass through the watchtower of air and say: here i receive my breath. recover your sense of mind. pass through the watchtower of water and say: here i receive my blood. recover your sense of personality. pass through the watchtower of earth and say: here i receive my body

H SPENCER LEWIS ROSICRUCIAN MANUAL AMORC 1990

aching those fixed laws and principles and fulfilling their decrees. it may seem strange to the unthinking reader that the study of the law of vibration with its seemingly endless ramifications should give us the knowledge whereby we learn to solve economical, social, ethical, and religious problems, yet it does do precisely that. universal laws are operative in like manner and degree through all the planes of creation, in all conditions. it may seem stranger yet that by studying the universal and natural laws, as they manifest and apply in the purely material world, mankind should know how they operate and manifest in the immaterial, spiritual world, yet each study does just that. by studying all about the seen world, by recognizing the laws that apply to it, learning how to make use of t

HELENA BLAVATSKY THE KEY TO THEOSOPHY

at even the spiritual and physical planes, as psychic faculties in living people show, are not so hopelessly walled off from one another as materialistic theories would suggest; that all states of nature are all around us simultaneously, and appeal to different perceptive faculties; and so on it is clear that during physical existence people who possess psychic faculties remain in connection with the planes of super-physical consciousness; and although most people may not be endowed with such faculties, we all, as the phenomena of sleep, even, and especially those of somnambulism or mesmerism, show, are capable of entering into conditions of consciousness that the five physical senses have nothing to do with. we-the souls within us-are not as it were altogether adrift in the ocean of matte

HP LOVECRAFT A DARK LORE

me saying the dho formula last night, and i think i saw the inner city at the 2 magnetic poles. i shall go to those poles when the earth is cleared off, if i can't break through with the dho-hna formula when i commit it. they from the air told me at sabbat that it will be years before i can clear off the earth, and i guess grandfather will be dead then, so i shall have to learn all the angles of the planes and all the formulas between the yr and the nhhngr. they from outside will help, but they cannot take body without human blood. that upstairs looks it will have the right cast. i can see it a little when i make the voorish sign or blow the powder of ibn ghazi at it, and it is near like them at may eve on the hill. the other face may wear off some. i wonder how i shall look when the eart

HP LOVECRAFT AT THE MOUNTAINS OF MADNESS

receded us. our camp on the frozen shore below the volcano s slope was only a provisional one, headquarters being kept aboard the arkham. we landed all our drilling apparatus, dogs, sledges, tents, provisions, gasoline tanks, experimental ice-melting outfit, cameras, both ordinary and aerial, aeroplane parts, and other accessories, including three small portable wireless outfits- besides those in the planes- capable of communicating with the arkham s large outfit from any part of the antarctic continent that we would be likely to visit. the ship s outfit, communicating with the outside world, was to convey press reports to the arkham advertiser's powerful wireless station on kingsport head, massachusetts. we hoped to complete our work during a single antarctic summer; but if this proved im

he use of all four planes, many men, and the whole of the expedition s mechanical apparatus. i did not, in the end, veto the plan, though i decided not to accompany the northwestward party despite lake s plea for my geological advice. while they were gone, i would remain at the base with pabodie and five men and work out final plans for the eastward shift. in preparation for this transfer, one of the planes had begun to move up a good gasoline supply from mcmurdo sound; but this could wait temporarily. i kept with me one sledge and nine dogs, since it is unwise to be at any time without possible transportation in an utterly tenantless world of aeon-long death. lake s subexpedition into the unknown, as everyone will recall, sent out its own reports from the shortwave transmitters on the pla

dred thousand years ago- a mere yesterday as compared with the age of this cavity- must have put an end to any of the primal forms which had locally managed to outlive their common terms. lake was not content to let his first message stand, but had another bulletin written and dispatched across the snow to the camp before moulton could get back. after that moulton stayed at the wireless in one of the planes, transmitting to me- and to the arkham for relaying to the outside world- the frequent postscripts which lake sent him by a succession of messengers. those who followed the newspapers will remember the excitement created among men of science by that afternoon s reports- reports which have finally led, after all these years, to the organization of that very starkweather-moore expedition

or break of the frantic beasts themselves. all three sledges were gone, and we have tried to explain that the wind may have blown them off into the unknown. the drill and ice-melting machinery at the boring were too badly damaged to warrant salvage, so we used them to choke up that subtly disturbing gateway to the past which lake had blasted. we likewise left at the camp the two most shaken up of the planes; since our surviving party had only four real pilots- sherman, danforth, mctighe, and ropes- in all, with danforth in a poor nervous shape to navigate. we brought back all the books, scientific equipment, and other incidentals we could find, though much was rather unaccountably blown away. spare tents and furs were either missing or badly out of condition. it was approximately 4 p.m, af

ing our flight. had any tried to do that, i would have used every ounce of my persuasion to stop them- and i do not know what danforth would have done. while we were gone, pabodie, sherman, ropes, mctighe, and williamson had worked like beavers over lake s two best planes, fitting them again for use despite the altogether unaccountable juggling of their operative mechanism. we decided to load all the planes the next morning and start back for our old base as soon as possible. even though indirect, that was the safest way to work toward mcmurdo sound; for a straightline flight across the most utterly unknown stretches of the aeon-dead continent would involve many additional hazards. further exploration was hardly feasible in view of our tragic decimation and the ruin of our drilling machine

imens, the three sledges, and certain instruments, illustrated technical and scientific books, writing materials, electric torches and batteries, food and fuel, heating apparatus, spare tents, fur suits, and the like, was utterly beyond sane conjecture; as were likewise the spatter-fringed ink blots on certain pieces of paper, and the evidences of curious alien fumbling and experimentation around the planes and all other mechanical devices both at the camp and at the boring. the dogs seemed to abhor this oddly disordered machinery. then, too, there was the upsetting of the larder, the disappearance of certain staples, and the jarringly comical heap of tin cans pried open in the most unlikely ways and at the most unlikely places. the profusion of scattered matches, intact, broken, or spent

INITIATION INTO HERMETICS

t on in knowledge as well as in wisdom, for neither of the two must lag behind in development. if knowledge and wisdom keep the same pace in development, the adept is enabled to grasp all the laws of the microcosm and the microcosm, not only from the point of view of wisdom, but also from the intellectual side, that is, in a bipolar way, to perceive and utilize them for his own development. in al the planes, we have already learned how to know one of the numerous laws, the first main key, the secret of the tetragrammaton or the four-pole magnet. being a universal key, it can be used to solve all problems, all laws, all kinds of truth in sort, everything, provided that the adept knows how to use it properly. as time goes on and his development unfolds and he is advancing in hermetics, he wi

on a high ethical level, the magician would regard such deeds as a sort of theft, and therefore will always refuse to lower himself to do it because he has so many other possibilities at hand. this shall be mentioned only by the way and we shall turn back again to the rituals. it has been said before that any idea, every desire and every imagination can be realize by a ritual, no matter which of the planes, material, astral or mental, be concerned. only the time of realization depends on the mental maturity and the diligence of using the rituals. the magician will choose such best rituals of a universal character that he can use for a lifetime. the fewer desires he ahs, all the sooner he can book the success. supposing the rituals he chose do not function effectively enough at first, he s

JASMUHEEN THE FOOD OF GODS

ed from any need. yes it s true that when we bathe in the theta. delta fields we are given such insights to the mechanics and wonders of creation that we are left permanently in awe, touched in a way that is unexplainable, that makes us lose our words as we recognize the perfection of it all. yes it s true that we can be with holy beings of great light and wisdom and love who walk with us through the planes of paradise in the state of samadhi and bliss. and yes it s true that there dwells within us a holy being that we can call the divine one within, a being of freedom who knows no bounds and whose greatest joy is to breathe us and love us and nurture us as we seek to wake and remember who we are. yes it s true that as we remember who we are, one of the gifts our dow gives us is the illumi

JESSUP MK THE CASE FOR THE UFO

crew of thirteen that had been trained for just such work. this plane, too, disappeared without trace! interest in the disappearances now reached the stage where it dominated discussion in the streets. how could five bombers, each with its own crew and radio facilities, disappear from the face of the earth without even flashing a single message of explanation? it was hardly logical to assume that the planes had collided in mid-air, killing all the crewmembers simultaneously. and, even were such a weird explanation acceptable, how about the pbm? ed: the following has no obvious reference or necessary position. l-m investigations of technical leaps& bounds of the gayori in past ten years being distorted to show cause for hostile intent& this not so. curiosity is sign of intelligence& l-ms ha

LAITMAN M FROM CHAOS TO HARMONY

it unfolds within the people of israel, and its consequences determine the fate of the entire world. if we are triumphant, we will spare ourselves the horrifying depictions of the war of gog and magog as an apocalyptic global war. the war of gog and magog is actually an internal war, occurring within individuals from israel. it is not a physical war with planes and missiles, as is often thought. the planes and the missiles are not the real war; they are merely a physical manifestation of accumulated imbalance. the war of gog and magog is a war between the internality and the externality of our desires. it is fought in our hearts and in our minds. as it unfolds, it gives us a choice. to which do we want to belong? do we prefer the internality of the world or its externality? where are our

LEADBEATER C W THE HIDDEN LIFE IN FREEMASONRY 2E

sible to the sight of the profane. all the other six principles of the human constitution are beyond physical sight, which deals with only one grade of the matter of the world, and that the lowest and densest. those principles exist on distinct planes of nature, of ascending degrees of subtlety or fineness of matter. 402. fig. 13 and the diagram connected with it show the seven principles in man, the planes of nature on which they exist, and the corresponding officers in the masonic lodge. 403. the upper triangle, containing the first, second and third principles, represents the ego or higher self in man, commonly called the soul, who in the course of his long pilgrimage or evolution towards human perfection, takes many incarnations, each of which is called a personality. the lower triangl

lved into its primal elements and the universe as such ceases to exist, and so the lodge of the solar system is for the time closed. this is what is called among the hindus the end of the manvantara and the beginning of the pralaya. 413. it is not implied that the officials who happen to hold the positions representing the principles in man in any given lodge are necessarily able to function upon the planes to which they correspond; but it is to be understood that not only the nature-spirits, but also the strange half-conscious creatures which we have called elementals, existing on the downward arc of evolution on each of these levels, will and do respond to the invocation which is employed in this closely condensed formula of opening. the enumeration of the officials in answer to the earl

-spirits and elemental essence at his own level. it will be noticed that in each case not only the actual situation and duty of the official are defined, but also his relation to other officials, his part in the work as a whole. the deva captains corresponding to the three principal officers are all what are called in the east arupadevas, and they possess the consciousness and wield the forces of the planes which they respectively represent. it is not easy for us to understand the working of forces at such levels, as they act upon the corresponding principles in man, and those principles are only slightly developed as yet in the majority of human beings. 416. by the time, therefore, that the last of the list of questions and answers has been exchanged, the whole lodge is pulsating with ele

tion, but very slightly varied: gwhat is the first care of every f.c.f? h and he receives the invariable answer: gto prove the lodge close tyled. h in the same form as in the first degree he directs that that duty shall be done, and the inquiries and answers come just as before. yet this tyling is not quite the same as the former. in each case the building of the enclosing wall takes place on all the planes; but in the first degree attention is principally focused upon the astral world, and the defence set up at that level is incomparably stronger than the others, because that is most needed when a determined effort at astral purification and development is being made. it is as though in that purification the density of the candidate fs astral body is reduced, and therefore the pressure on

. such are not yet apprentices in any kind of lodge. 595. the five stages 596. the five stages are journeys round the lodge, at the end of each of which the candidate is given certain instructions, from a printed card and by word of mouth, while he carries the tools appropriate for their practical realization. the journeys are outward signs of the raising of the candidate fs consciousness through the planes. 597. in the first stage he carries the mallet and chisel, and learns about the five senses-touch, hearing, sight, taste and smell. this is the physical stage, for the physical body is not valuable in itself, but only as the vehicle of the senses, through which a man gains knowledge of the physical world with which to direct his work. it is these senses in his body which must now receiv

LIBER ALEPH

the kingdom of flowers. for being questioned concerning the abode of the tao, he gave answer that it was in the dung. again, the tathagata, the buddha, most blessed, most perfect and most enlightened, added his voice, that there is no grain of dust which shall not attain to the arhan. keep therefore in just balance the relation of illusion to illusion in that aspect of illusion, neither confusing the planes, nor confounding the stars, nor denying the laws of their reaction, yet with eagle.s vision beholding the one sun of the true nature of the whole. verily, his is the truth, and unto it did also dionysus and tahuti and sri krishna set the seal of their witness. cleanse herefore thine heart, o my son, in the waters of the great sea, and enkindle it with the fire of the holy ghost. for his

LIBER ASTARTE

lamentation and abide alone. and do thou return most austerly to the practice of liber jugorum, testing thyself by a standard higher than that hitherto accomplished, and punishing effractions with a heavier goad. nor do thou return to thy devotion until that body and mind are tamed and trained to all manner of peaceable going. 36. concerning minor methods adjuvant in the ceremonies. i. rising on the planes. by this method mayst thou assist the imagination at the time of concluding thine invocation. act as taught in .liber o. by the light of liber 777. 37. concerning minor methods adjuvant in the ceremonies. ii. talismanic magic. having made by thine ingenium a talisman or pantacle to represent the particular deity, and consecrated it with infinite love and care, do thou burn it ceremonial

LIBER CCXLII AHA

open, a chameleon cup, and let him suck thine honey up! olympas. there is one doubt. when souls attain such an unimagined gain shall not others mark them, wise beyond mere mortal destinies? marsyas. such are not the perfect saints. while the imagination faints before their truth, they veil it close as amid the utmost snows the tallest peaks most straitly hide with clouds their holy heads. divide the planes! be ever as you can a simple honest gentleman! body and manners be at ease, not bloat with blazoned sanctities! liber ccxlii 28 who fights as fights the soldier-saint? and see the artist-adept paint! weak are those souls that fear the stress of earth upon their holiness! they fast, they eat fantastic food, they prate of beans and brotherhood, wear sandals, and long hair, and spats, and

LIBER CLXV A MASTER OF THE TEMPLE

well. fill yourself with love, and it will flow out of its own accord. o.m] nov. 27. letter from chancellor of a\a. was glad to receive this, as it cleared up a point that had long troubled me. note: this was the point re astral journeys, mentioned before [this gave fra. v.i.o. fresh confidence, and we find records of experiments at once. ed] nov. 27, 11:6 to 11:28 p.m. astral journey. rising on the planes. will try and recount this experience in detail as it was somewhat different from any previous experiment. after prayer, formulated astral enclosing body and began to rise. tried to ascend middle pillar. dark blue, then more purple. presently found my astral body in a sort of open temple square with 4 pillars for corners, open sides and a high domed roof. in the centre the equinox 164 o

LIBER DCCCLX JOHN ST

why should not the circumstances of union with god be compatible with the normal consciousness? interpenetrating and illuminating it, if you like; but not destroying it. well, i don ft know why it shouldn ft be; but i bet it isn ft! all the spiritual experience i have had argues against such a theory. on the contrary, it will leave the reason quite intact, supreme lord of its own plane. mixing up the planes is the sad fate of many a mystic. how many do i know in my own experience who tell me that, obedient to the heavenly vision, they will shoot no more rabbits! thus they found a system on trifles, and their lord and god is some trumpery little elemental masquerading as the almighty. i remember my uncle tom telling me that he was sure god would be displeased to see me in a blue coat on sun

LIBER GRADUUM MONTIS ABIEGNI

of the exalted one. and behold! ere the moon waxed thrice he became an uraus serpent, and the poison of the fang was established in him and his seed even for ever and for ever .liber lxv, ch. v. vv. 51-56. ritual& meditation practice to destroy thoughts talismans, evocations mahasatipathana etc. methods of divination meditation practices equivalent to ritual cxx control of astral plane rising on the planes meditation practice on expansion of consciousness meditation practices equi- valent to ritual dclxxi leads to the grade of adeptus major leads to the grade of adeptus exemptus adeptus minor ritual viii ritual revealed in vision of eighth athyr probationer neophyte zelator practicus philosophus the four powers of the sphinx liber vii the building of the magic pentacle ritual dclxxi postu

nferred by authority when the task of the practicus is accomplished. 5. the philosophus. his duties are laid down in paper e, class d. he practices devotion to the order. instruction and examination in methods of meditation by devotion (bhakti-yoga).14 instruction and examination in construction and consecration of talismans, and in evocation.15 theoretical and practical. examination in rising on the planes (liber o, caps v, vi. practical. he is given a meditation-practice on the senses, and the sheaths of the self, and the practice called mah.satipatth.na.16 (see the sword of song, gscience and buddhism. h) instruction and examination in control of action.17 further, he cuts the magic wand. finally, the title of dominus liminis is conferred upon him.18 he is given meditation-practices on

LIBER SAMEKH

eby. the gearth h is the sphere wherein the operation of these gfundamental h and athyric forces appears to perception. gunder the earth h is the world of* they correspond to the sulphur, mercury, and salt of alchemy; to sattvas, rajas, and tamas in the hindu system; and are rather modes of action than actual qualities even when conceived as latent. they are the apparatus of communication between the planes; as such, they are conventions. there is no absolute validity in any means of mental apprehension; but unless we make these spirits of the firmament subject unto us by establishing right relations (within the proper limits) with the universe, we shall fall into error when we develop our new instrument of direct understanding. it is vital that the adept should train his intellectual facu

nded series of gaugoeides invocations h of 1906 (see gthe temple of solomon the king h in equinox i (8, by which point he had already worked out the basics of the method: the preamble: he makes a general concentration of all his magical forces, and a declaration of his will. the ar thiao section. he travels to the infinite east among the hosts of angels summoned by the words. a sort of grising on the planes, h but in a horizontal direction. the same remarks apply to the next three sections in the other quarters. transcriber fs notes 45 at the great invocation following he extends the shivalingam to infinite height, each letter of each word representing an exaltation of it by geometrical progression. having seen this satisfactorily, he prostrates himself in adoration. when consciousness beg

MANLY P HALL THE SECRET TEACHINGS OF ALL AGES

he enlightenment of the world. 6. the gardens of semiramis at babylon--more commonly known as the hanging gardens--stood within the palace grounds of nebuchadnezzar, near the euphrates river. they rose in a terrace-like pyramid and on the top was a reservoir for the watering of the gardens. they were built about 600 b.c, but the name of the landscape artist has not been preserved. they symbolized the planes of the invisible world, and were consecrated to venus as the goddess of love and beauty. 7. the great pyramid was supreme among the temples of the mysteries. in order to be true to its astronomical symbolism, it must have been constructed about 70,000 years ago. it was the tomb of osiris, and was believed to have been built by the gods themselves, and the architect may have been the imm

MICHAEL TSARION ATLANTIS ALIEN VISITATION AND GENETIC MANIPULATION

angle along with flight 19. while it is true that it never returned, the mariner did notvanish. twenty-three seconds after takeoff, it exploded in the sight of several witnesses at the base.unfortunately, this was not an uncommon occurrence, because mariners were known for their faultygas tanks. no known wreckage from flight 19 has ever been recovered. one reasonable explanationis that taylor led the planes so far into the atlantic that they were past the continental shelf. therethe ocean abruptly drops from a few hundred feet deep to several thousand feet deep. planes andships that sink to such depths are seldom seen again. the deepest point in the atlantic ocean, the30,100-foot-deep puerto rico trench, lies within the bermuda triangle. combining the circumstances of the failing compass

MICHAEL WYNN THE SOUL TRAVELERS

he astral plane into 2 parts, it also divides the material body, called the lower self, from that person s guardian angel. between the astral and the mental planes lies the second deep gap, this gulf is often called the abyss. the abyss is what separates a person from their higher self, often called their higher genius; the higher self is nothing more than copies of the individual which reside in the planes above and represents each person s connection to god. further, the way the total universe is divided is also up for grabs. some in the occult speak of 7 heavens, seven hells, the astral and material planes. others speak of only 4 partitions of the universe: the abyss, the heavens, the astral, and the earth. others still speak of 4 partitions: hell (infernal, heaven, the astral, and the

MOTTA MARCELO THE COMMENTARIES OF AL

o can doubt? the strength of taste and smell are known facts. so they measured strength against strength without considering whether the one was appropriate to the other, any more than as if one were to ward off the strength of steel swords by the strength of the colour of one's armour. modern science, by correct classification, has expounded the doctrine of the magical link. we no longer confuse the planes. we manipulate physical phenomena by physical means; mental by mental. we trace things to their true causes, and no longer seek to cut the gordian knot of our ignorance by the sword of a postulated pantheon. physiology leaves us in no doubt as to the power of our inherited talisman. and modern discoveries in psychology have made it clear enough that the sexual peculiarities of people ar

t as he will. leave him alone, or he will make you sorry you tried to interfere! there is here a reference to the two main types of the orgia of magick; i have already dealt with this matter in the comment. observe that in the 'mystic' work, the union takes place spontaneously; in the other, venom is shot forth. this awakes the earth to rapture; not until then does union occur. for, in working on the planes of manifestation, the elements must be consecrated and made 'god' by virtue of a definite rite. 27. there is great danger in me; for who doth not understand these runes shall make a great miss. he shall fall down into the pit called because, and there he shall perish with the dogs of reason. intellectuals err terribly when they force proletarians to get 'education' in the sense of abili

been concealed by the corrupt spelling "abracadabra. nonsense. abrahadabra has already been mentioned; it is the word of the aeon, and the very first word in the third chapter 'there is a word not known: there is now a word, not, known. hadit is not 'not' is a key-word, as we have already seen in previous comments. why 'division hither homeward? because the word 'not' makes it impossible to "mix the planes. the ideas of "one world "one faith "one people" are not conducive to freedom, but to its opposite. they presuppose that all men, no matter how diverse of color, geographical situation, cultural background, or idiosyncrasies, must be subservient to some general standard, or ideal, of ethics or religion or law. on the contrary, freedom depends on division, in the sense of each star keepi

d a superior, and obeyed him; mrs. besant had mine. blavatsky, but as soon, as her superior died began disobeying all the instructions mine. blavatsky had given her. we know of a recent case in which the woman assumed the magical motto of "soror chokhmah" this is quite all right in terms of spiritual aspiration, or even spiritual achievement; but in terms of physical manifestation, it is a laugh. the planes cannot, and must not, be mixed. we are, all of us, male and female in one. our glands secrete male and female hormones. the difference between a male and female child is simply a matter of endocrine balance. but there is a difference. see al 1, 16. and it must never be forgotten. 56. also for beauty's sake and love's! it is obvious to the physiologist that beauty (that is, the fitness o

NECRONOMICON ALAZIF

e ways of darkness and their blasphemies were great upon the earth; all creation bowed beneath their might and knew them for their wickedness. and the elder lords opened their eyes and beheld the abominations of those that ravaged the earth. in their wrath they set their hand against the old ones, staying them in the midst of their iniquity and casting them forth from the earth to the void beyond the planes where chaos reigns and form abideth not. and the elder lords set their seal upon the gateway and the power of the old ones prevailest not against its might. loathsome cthulhu rose then from the deeps and raged with exceeding great fury against the earth guardians. and they bound his venomous claws with potent spells and sealed him up within the city of r'lyeh wherein beneath the waves h

REGARDIE ISRAEL THE COMPLETE GOLDEN DAWN

lowest sephiroth of malkuth in assiah* upon them, is surcharged a white hexagram in a circle. the 6 and the 4 make 10, the number of malkuth on the tree. the hexagram is also the sign of the macrocosm- of tiphareth, and of the six upper sephiroth, wherefore here it is white- spirit ruling over matter. six is a perfect number, for its whole equals the sum of its parts. six are the middle points of the planes bounding a cube, which derives from the square, and from the cross, if the centre point moves thus (indicates third direction. in these numbers and figures are hid many revelations. remember that the whole number of malkuth is 496- which is again a perfect number. malkuth must then be equated and perfected by the 6 ruling the 4: and the link between 6 and 4 is the number of the pentagra

of the element intended to be invoked. bear in mind that the kerubic emblem is the most powerful action of the element in the triplicity. for example, leo- violent heat of summer. aries- beginning of warmth in spring. sagittarius, waning of heat in autumn <41> hold the wand by the white porh'on for all divine and spiritual matters or for the sephirotic influences, and for the process of rising in the planes. hold the wand by the black part only for material and mundane matters. the 10 upper and inner petals refer to the purity of the ten sephiroth. the middle 8 refer to the counter-charged natural and spiritual forces of air and fire. the lowest and outer 8 refer to the powers of earth and water. the centre and amber portion refers to the spiritual sun, while the outer calyx of 4 orange se

to the powers of earth and water. the centre and amber portion refers to the spiritual sun, while the outer calyx of 4 orange sepals shows the adion of the sun upon the life of things by differentiation. the wand should never be used inverted. the lotus flower is not to be touched in working, but in sephirotic and spiritual things, the flower is to be inclined towards the forehead; and to rise in the planes, the orange coloured centre is to be fully directed to the forehead. consecration of the lotus wand 1. provide a private room, white triangle, red cross of six squares. incense, a rose, water in a vase, lamp or vessel of fire, salt on a platter, and an astrologicalfigure of the heavens for the time of consecration. if possible a set of astrological symbolic diagrams of the twelve signs

ive concepts, to vivid powerful experiences. but even when these do occur he should under no circumstances accept them on their face value or neglect his tests, for the whole astral plane, apparently, seeks to delude the seer and if he opens himself, by neglecting the tests, he is lost. with considerable practice, too, the symbols may be discarded for they will not be required to give entrance to the planes, though for the beginner no attempt should be made to work without the use of the actual material symbol. it will be found wisest to keep as much to the physical plane as possible, by employing the physical symbols, and by making the appropriate signs and steps with the physical body, as well as by speaking audibly and describing the vision as it proceeds. when the student has become fa

ploying the physical symbols, and by making the appropriate signs and steps with the physical body, as well as by speaking audibly and describing the vision as it proceeds. when the student has become fairly proficient with the use of simple tattwas, he should experiment with the compound tattwas, and not <22> be satisfied with his ability to skry until he is perfectly familiar with every part of the planes represented by those symbols. then he can devise further experiments with other symbols. the use of the element akasa, the indigo egg, was in the order usually postponed until entry had been obtained into the second order. the reason for this was that no traditional names are provided for use with this symbol as with the other four, and the student must discover or devise his own. as ha

e of the path in the ceremony, but whereas this latter was purely symbolic, the former may be real and dynamic, and may develop into an initiation in the true sense of the word. the same technique may be applied to every path and to every sephirah. developing still further from this, there is another practice which passes beyond mere clairvoyance, though making use of it. this is called rising on the planes, and is a spiritual process after spiritual conceptions and higher aims "by concentration and contemplation of the divine, you formulate a tree of life passing from you to the spiritual realms above and beyond yourself. picture to yourself that you stand in malkuth, then by the use of the divine names and aspiration, you strive upwards by the path of tau towards yesod, neglecting the cr

mperance; the arrow, cleaving upwards, leads the way to tiphareth, the great central sun" d.d.c.f. also suggests that, having risen to tiphareth, the adept skryer should formulate to himself that he is bound to a cross, exactly as occurred in the adeptus minor ceremony, and by invoking the great angel hua beseech help and guidance in the pathway of light. by this method, he may more easily ascend the planes which lead to the glory of the crown. thus formulating in the imagination the different parts of the tree of life, and vibrating the godnames appropriate to the sephiroth or paths, the seer may find him <25> self, if his aspiration is sincere and keen, rising towards the spiritual light, bathed in that golden glory of effulgence which is continuously shed from above. though it may seem

be his motto. he should make it his daily practice to travel on the astral plane, taking in turn each of the most synthetic sections, the sephiroth and the paths. these being thoroughly clairuoyance 465 understood, and an angel in each pledged to guard or to guide him at need, he should start ona new series of expeditions to explore the subordinate sections of each. he may then practice rising on the planes from these spheres, one after the other in rotation. when he is thoroughly conversant with the various methods of meeting unexpected emergencies, he may proceed to investigate the regions of the qlippoth and the demonic forces. it should be his aim to obtain a comprehensive knowledge of the entire astral plane, with impartial love of truth for its own sake; just as a child learns the ge

RUBY TABLET OF SET

without whose laughter this world should not be. h ghonor to yog-sothoth, without whose sign we ourselves should not be. h ghonor to nyarlathotep, prince of the abyss. h ghonor to shub-niggurath, father of the world of horrors. h gfrom the first angle is the infinite, wherein the laughing one doth cry and the flutes wail unto the ending of time. h gfrom the second angle is the master who ordereth the planes and the angle, and hath conceived the world of horrors in its terror and glory. h gfrom the third angle is the messenger, who hath created thy power to behold the master of the world of horrors, who giveth to thee substance of being and the knowledge of the nine angles. h gfrom the fourth angle is the ram of the sun, who brought thy selves to be, who endureth upon the world of horrors a

who conceptualizes that which has not before been clearly spoken or comprehended; hence, it is a new idea and requires work to understand. yet, the two lands the key speaks of could be no less than the dual aspects of the temples of set. visible/invisible, light/darkness, manifest/abstract, ra/set. at the risk of being repetitive, it seems to call for a precise sense of balance because these are the planes of being. remember that while these are separated, the fact they are not divided indicates each will impact on the other constantly. harwer, the living horus. as i see key #3, the subject of harwer is explained with a clarity that is quite pellucid. return to the key and begin reading, starting with the paragraph beginning "the placing of harwer within our setian philosophy" to the fina

rom them certain 'key words' which sum up the meaning a particular angle has in the cosmology. the first angle describes chaos- which "is the infinite" in the ancient greek arithmosophy the one had many of the same connotations as our use of the value zero has. if the one is everything, then it is nothing at the same time. the second angle is by contrast order- there "is the master who doth order the planes and angles" here duality comes into being and order becomes possible. the third angle speaks of understanding- wherein the "power to behold the master of the world of horrors" is given, as is "substance of being and the knowledge of the nine angles" the fourth angle involves temporal being- the self is brought into being and the threefold perception of time as past-present-future is bro

hat art which is mine to command [summoning of the elements] rise nyarlathotep, bringer of strange joy, herald of the barrier! move and appear to join me in this great working, and celebrate the rekindling of that flame which you delivered on behalf of all the great old ones to this world of horrors in the aeons of the past! rise yog-sothoth, all-in-one, one-in-all, faceless master who doth order the planes and angles! move and appear to join me in this great working, and celebrate the coming of the night of thy creation and the bond of the angles nine! rise shub-niggurath, black goat of the thousand young, father of the hornless ones! move and appear to join me in this great working, and celebrate again as your copper temple is restored to its rightful place here on this world of horrors!

ousand young, shall come forth from the primal core of being to spawn and multiply and witness the raising of his great copper temple, as it was before the reign of the elder gods of death [k'bhal'dysngha. the dark messenger, nyarlathotep, shall again carry the word and speak with men, granting them knowledge of all the great old ones. yog-sothoth, being the key and the way, master who doth order the planes and angles, shall once again give form to the ancient dreams which the cylth[elect of humankind] shall glimpse with renewed vigor of curiosity. then great cthulhu, still dreaming in his house, will wait as all his minions and brothers swim and strive against all manner of obstacles, and arrange themselves to harken his awakening, knowing that the cycle returneth. he shall then be freed

SATANIC RITUALS

ster of dimensions, the herald of the barrier, and the goat of a thousand young. all: v'ty'h vuy-kn el-ukh'nar ci-wragh zh'sza w'ragnh ks'zy d'syn. from the first angle is the infinite, wherein the laughing one doth cry and the flutes wail unto the ending of time. v'quy'h vuy-kn hrn-nji hyl zaan-i vyk d'phron'h el-aka gryenn'h v'jnusfyh whreng'n. from the second angle is the master who doth order the planes and the angles, and who hath conceived the world of horrors in its terror and glory. v'kresn vuy-kn k'nga d'phron'g kr-a el-aka gryenn'h p'nseb quer-hga phragn uk-khron ty'h-qu'kre vuykin'e rohz. from the third angle is the messenger, who hath created thy power to behold the master of the world of horrors, who giveth to thee substance of being and the knowledge of the nine angles. v'huy

h gh'an cyve vuy-k'nh v'quar. participants: the flutes of the laughing one shriek through the chasms of the abyss, and the darkness boils with the perishing of the five angles in the sixth. celebrant: y'trynh na'gh'l w'raghno'th vr'lyeh ngh''na fhtagn-w'gah kr'hyl zaan-i vyk'n. participants: i danced and killed, and i laughed with the men, and in r'lyeh i died to sleep the dreams of the master of the planes and the angles. celebrant: m'khagn w'ragnhzy dys-n'gha k'dys-n'ghals k'fungn-akel zaht'h k'halrn ghr-kha n'fhtagn-gha. participants: hear me, for i cry the end of the god of death, and of the god of dying, and i speak of the laws of life that you may reject the curse of the death without sleep. celebrant: k'aemn'h kh'rn k'aemn'h kh'r kaemn'h kh'rmnu. n'ghan-ka fhtagni-kar'n gha'l. vnaa

THE BLACK LODGE

ied to equate our terms "black lodge" and "demons" with various psychological and evolutionary schemes and operations. thus we have defined, for our purposes, those terms, and having thus defined those terms, we can begin to simplify our language and speak of the "black lodge" and of the "demons" more simplistically. to begin with, we must insist once more that any initiate must never forget that the planes should not be mixtured; but that there exists a harmonic relationship which is expressed in lxv v 23-29. by equilibrating all pairs of opposites, this harmony may be reached. the process is one of continuous growth. this, on its turn, is expressed in lxv iii 1-20. the four elements fire, water, air and earth (or tejas, apas, vayu and prithvi) correspond magically to the four cherubic si

tacle; to the four cherubs who serve the logos (see the seal of the order of thelema; and to the four great princes of the demoniac world, whose obligation it is to serve the adept (cf the sacred magic of abramelin the mage and liber viii for more on this subject. when any human being truly aspires to the path of the wise, the infernal forces are activated to tempt- read test- the candidate along the planes on which the aspirant has consciousness and volition, no matter how undeveloped they may be, the act of aspiring itself is irrevocable. there is no turning back. thus it is said that a magickal oath truly taken can never be broken. when aspiration is not pure, the process may be temporarily activated in one or two planes; but this innervation will cease once the energy that stirred thin

re immediately dynamized and encouraged to expand. at the same time, he or she must obey a guru, or a hierarchic superior. beginners on the way, simultaneously exalted by the magick current of the order or by the guru s aura, and subjected to agitation of all their faculties, will experience impulses of vanity, envy, resentment and other perturbing emotions as long as they don t learn to separate the planes, at the same time keeping them coordinated through those harmonic structural links which are the basis of the system of correspondences of the qabalah. as it is written in an old initiatic document of our order, by the beast himself "the purpose of the discipline is to obtain the mastery over his own lower self, and for ths reason he must not submit himself to the will of his lower natu

cess- as we have already remarked, at least in theory he or she has already got a diploma- but the pupil. the demonic influences are, then, manifesting themselves precisely to protect the ego of the pupil against the destructive influence of the master (or against the magickal current of the order. and unless the pupil controls these influences in his or her ego, the ego will not be destroyed. in the planes, where he or she exists, he or she may even become more "successful" than he or she previously was, because of the extra energy that was imparted to his or her life processes. but this "success" will exist only in terms of the planes where the pupil was already functioning. he or she will not rise to a higher plane of existence, that is, will not be initiated (note that this is the reas

yings are the lights of wisdom that thou mayst know thy master, for he is a magus (that is, the angel of the aethyr was telling the human consciousness of aleister crowley, the "scribe, that his being as master of the temple had reached initiation into the second sephirah, chokhmah" the curse of thoth consists precisely in that, in the present evolutionary stage of mankind, the control we have of the planes of polarized manifestation is not yet sufficient so that our consciousness of our existence as spiritual entities may manifest itself in matter with complete efficiency# the "kingdom of heaven" is still a mathematical limit we are trying to achieve. again quoting liber 418, the 3rd aethyr "for he (the magus) is wisdom, and by wisdom hath he made the worlds (the planes of existence below

owers only and no longer pupils. soon spirituality is replaced by conventional patterns, success is measured by the number, and not by the quality of the membership, financial prosperity becomes more important than magickal influence, intellectual analysis of the system scleroses into dogma, living theurgical experience is eschewed for blind fath. the magus spoke truth: this truth, refracted into the planes of consciousness below the abyss, becomes a lie to all those who are unable to understand- that is, unable to harmonize the apparent paradoxes of the gospel the master- any master- proclaimed. initiates of the 2nd grade of h.o.o.r. will understand that when they manage to pass through the ordeals of the four elements they become a challenge, a provocation, to the four princes of evil of

certainly, a normal attitude- again statistically speaking. but when it happens spontaneously, it may be normal for the individuals participating- be they male or female. the important condition, the vital condition, consists in avoiding environmental influence. our environment must not influence us either to avoid or to engage in homosexuality. we are not, in truth, either male or female in all the planes in which we exist- at least not simultaneously. in the subtler planes, the polarity of our vehicles may vary and alternate; particularly so during the initiatic process. in certain stages of initiation, when we are awakening on certain planes of consciousness where our vehicle s polarity differs from the polarity of our material body, the "normal" attitudes of our conscious mind may suf

THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL 1

civil rights violations that had reached the united states. on november 18, a temple member made an attempt on ryan s life, and the visitors decided to leave jonestown immediately. while they were boarding two planes on the jungle airstrip, some heavily armed members of the temple s security guards arrived and began firing on the group. ryan and four others were killed and 11 were wounded before the planes could get into the air. jones decreed that it was time to put translation into effect. some members of the temple committed suicide by ingesting cyanide-laced kool-aid, and others injected poison directly into their veins or were shot. an investigation revealed that 638 adult t h e g a l e e n c y c l o p e d i a o f t h e u n u s u a l a n d u n e x p l a i n e d mystery religions and

THE KEY TO THE MYSTERIES

as levi. it may be regarded as written by him as his thesis for the grade of exempt adept, just as his "ritual and dogma" was his thesis for the grade of a major adept. he is, in fact, no longer talking of things as if their sense was fixed and universal. he is beginning to see something of the contradiction inherent in the nature of things, or at any rate, he constantly illustrates the fact that the planes are to be kept separate for practical purposes, although in the final analysis they turn out to be one. this, and the extraordinarily subtle and delicate irony of which eliphas levi is one of the greatest masters that has ever lived, have baffled the pedantry and stupidity of such commentators as waite. english has hardly a word to express the mental condition of such unfortunates "dumm

umentation required by hard science. this concept has led to a vast array of quack medical theories and the loss of otherwise promising philosophies. bulwar lytton used the idea; w. reich was imprisoned for trying to cure with it. crowley lost much time over it in his later years in trying to market his amrita derivations. the future may disclose some substance here, but it tends to "confusion of the planes" more often than not> q. and the fixed part? a. the fluidic or fragrant body. q. is the existence of this body demonstrated? a. yes; by the most curious and the most conclusive experiences. we shall speak of them in the third part of this work. q. are these experiences articles of faith? a. no, they pertain to science<crowley's depen

THE NECRONOMICON SIMON VERSION

ot finish this task, take what is here and discover the rest, for time is short and mankind does not know nor understand the evil that awaits it, from every side, from every gate, from every broken barrier, from every mindless acolyte at the alters of madness. for this is the book of the dead, the book of the black earth, that i have writ down at the peril of my life, exactly as i received it, on the planes of the igigi, the cruel celestial spirits from beyond the wanderers of the wastes. let all who read this book be warned thereby that the habitation of men are seen and surveyed by that ancient race of gods and demons from a time before time, and that they seek revenge for that forgotten battle that took place somewhere in the cosmos and rent the worlds in the days before the creation of

ers of the gods of prey, and that chew on the very bones of man. and there are many another, of which this is not the rightful place wherein they may be mentioned, save to warn the priest against the ambitious striving against the ancient ones of the outside, until mastery is acquired over the powers that reside within. only when adar has been obtained, may the priest consider himself a master of the planes of the spheres, and able to wrestle with the old gods. once death herself has been stared in the eye, can the priest then summon and control the denizens of death's darkly curtained halls. then can he hope to open the gate without fear and without that loathing of the spirit that slays the man. then cane he hope to have power over the demons that plague the mind and the body, pulling at

TYSON DONALD SOUL FLIGHT

amans and the remote viewing used in the secret government intelligence-gathering projects of the cold war. astral travel has always been with us from our earliest beginnings as an intelligent species. it expresses itself in such diverse forms as lucid dreaming, near-death experiences, alien abductions, the bilocation of saints, doppelgangers, remote viewing, and the occult practices of ascending the planes and scrying in the spirit vision. because of this wide diversity of forms, i have employed the general term soul flight to embrace both conventional concepts of astral projection and its many divergent expressions. one of the main reasons that i decided to write this book was to demonstrate that even though astral travel has expressed itself in numerous seemingly distinct ways over the

llowing death, the souls of human beings go to whichever astral level best suits their degree of spiritual evolution, after first passing briefly and unconsciously through the lowest seventh level. only the most debased souls become trapped in the seventh level of darkness. the souls of average people remain on the astral planes for periods ranging from hours to centuries, and may rise or fall on the planes as they become more or less advanced during their residence "the average man has by no means freed himself from all lower desires before death, and it takes a long period of more or less fully conscious life on the various subdivisions of the astral plane to allow the forces which he has generated to work themselves out, and thus release the higher ego''97 96. leadbeater, astral plane

ves suddenly knocked out of their physical bodies by some traumatic shock. the second type of living traveler on the astral planes is made up of those possessing psychic abilities who deliberately experiment with the projection of the astral double, such as the theosophist oliver fox and the spiritualist sylvan muldoon. another type is the student of the esoteric mysteries who is taught to travel the planes by a spiritual master. his dark reflection is the student of a black magician, also taught to negotiate the planes by his master. some souls of a debased nature are so transformed in the astral levels that they are scarcely recognizable as having once been human. among these are souls of an extremely lustful and base disposition, who after death inhabit the seventh level and become incu

air at a high rate of speed, accomplished by an act of will, which fox found to be difficult, and believed to be dangerous, although exactly why he felt it posed a danger, he did not write. it terrified him and he did not experiment with it further. as we will later see when we examine the hermetic order of the golden dawn, fox had independently discovered the astral technique known as rising on the planes. the single time that fox saw his silver cord was when he detached his astral body while under the influence of ether. this was also an experience of the type of travel he called skrying "after a few sniffs, it seemed to me that i shot up to the stars, and that a shining silver thread connected my celestial self with my physical bodyl'log on a few occasions, he felt a pull that seemed t

s gates he should visualize the hebrew letter tau, the thirty-second path. then, imagining himself passing through this letter tau, and entering the pylon, he should chapter seven: the golden dawn 11 3 proceed to make the appropriate pentagrams and hexagrams, and vibrating the divine names appropriate to that plane. the same technique may be applied to every path and to every sephir th" rising on the planes a related activity that usually involved the picture cards of the tarot known as the trumps was "rising on the planes" regardie quoted from a document written by mathers, in which the tarot trump temperance is mentioned "by concentration and contemplation of the divine, you formulate a tree of life passing from you to the spiritual realms above and beyond yourself. picture to yourself t

ower part of the tree of life. this path could be ridden upward directly into tiphareth, the central sephiroth on the tree that was occultly linked in the golden dawn system with the astrological sun and with the messiah, resulting in a significant degree of spiritual enlightenment (see the illustration in chapter 13. aleister crowley was an enthusiastic advocate of both pathworking and rising on the planes, and emphasized the importance of these techniques in his 1929 work magick in theory and practice "the aspirant should remember that he is a microcosm. he should make it his daily practice to travel on the astral plane, taking in turn each of the most synthetic sections, the sephiroth and the paths. these being thoroughly understood, and an angel in each pledged to guard or to guide him

ember that he is a microcosm. he should make it his daily practice to travel on the astral plane, taking in turn each of the most synthetic sections, the sephiroth and the paths. these being thoroughly understood, and an angel in each pledged to guard or to guide him at need, he should start on a new series of expeditions to explore the subordinate sections of each. he may then practice rising on the planes from these spheres, one after the other in rotation."147 145. regardie, 463. 146. ibid, 464. 147. crowley, magick in theory and practice, 203. 11 4 soul flight in these words of advice, we can detect an echo of crowley's own daily curriculum of astral work while as a young man he studied the magic of the golden dawn. he was not happy with the training in astral projection that he receiv

ction, in much the same way that a classical musician practices scales until he is able to play any piece of music that is set before him "thus, it is necessary that the technique of magick should be perfected. the body of light must be rendered capable of going everywhere and doing everything. it is, therefore, always the question of drill which is of importance. you have got to go out rising on the planes every day of your life, year after year."149 for crowley, the daily exercise of rising on the planes involved a technique much like the skrying mode of vertical astral ascent discovered spontaneously by the theosophist oliver fox. it was to imagine his astral body rising straight up into the air, propelled ever onward at a terrific rate by the force of his concentration and the directed

TYSON DONALD THE MAGICAL WORKBOOK

n the far side of the first plane. the extended plane absorbs the point into itself, so that the point is no longer visible. like the first, this second plane continues away infinitely on all sides. these identical planes intersect each other at right angles, dividing the void into four equal zones. allow your awareness to drift from one zone to another as you contemplate the relationship between the planes. visualization i: geometric shapes 59 note that where the planes pass through each other, you can perceive a thin bright line glowing against the grayness. this line is so thin that it is almost invisible. it extends like a laser beam forever in both directions. reach out with your invisible mental hands and feel the infinite length of this glowing line. contemplate the relationship bet

ess. this line is so thin that it is almost invisible. it extends like a laser beam forever in both directions. reach out with your invisible mental hands and feel the infinite length of this glowing line. contemplate the relationship between the glowing line and the perpendicular planes. create a black point in one of the four zones of the void. contemplate the relationship between the point and the planes by moving your awareness through the planes from zone to zone as you consider the point. return your awareness to the zone occupied by the point. extend a third plane perpendicularly out from the first two so that it passes through the point and merges the point into itself. at the same time this third plane extends in the opposite direction on the far sides of the first two planes. all

y the point. extend a third plane perpendicularly out from the first two so that it passes through the point and merges the point into itself. at the same time this third plane extends in the opposite direction on the far sides of the first two planes. all three planes intersect at right angles, and &vide the void into eight equal zones. let your awareness drift from zone to zone, passing through the planes, as you contemplate the relationship between the planes. note that where the three planes intersect each other, you are able to perceive three glowing lines. like the planes, these three lines intersect at right angles. extend your awareness along them to verify that they are infinitely long, without ends. as you contemplate the lines defined by the intersections of the planes, notice t

WESTERN MANDALAS OF TRANSFORMATION SR AL

e wings. this may bring a smile to the lips of the intellectual who feels these are child-like projections, but from a hermetic point of view, wings are a powerful symbolic image. all organs of action are forms of crystallized will. as we use our legs to propel us forward on the horizontal plane, wings are projections of our will to rise vertically. in qabalah, this is sometimes called "rising on the planes" to the qabalist, wings are a concrete expression of the qabalistic cross, since they express the will for movement not only expanded outward, but elevated upward (see regardie's middle pillar for more on this technique) let us look at one more example of sigil-making in detail before we proceed, so the student is very clear about the method given here. graphiel (grapial) is said to be

Return to Occult Library Index



Related Matches
abyss active adept age air altar ancient angel angels angle angles angelic aspirant assiah astral balance binah black briah celestial ceremonial child christ circle conscious consciousness cosmic creation cross crowley cycles daath darkness dead death degree deity demons desires dimension disciple divine doctrine earth ego element elements elemental energy energies esoteric eternal ether etheric evil existence father fear female fire five force forces form forms gate glamour gnostic god gods golden healing heart heavens hebrew hierarchy holy human humanity illusion incarnation infinite initiate initiates initiation initiations intelligence intelligent intellectual intuition invocation karma kether key kingdom kingdoms knowledge living logos lord lotus lucis magic magick magical magician male malkuth manifest manifestation manifested masters material matter meditation mental mind monad mother mystery mystic mystical natural nature negative north occult order paths people perception physical pillar plane planes planetary planet planets positive power powers psychic psychology pyramid re reality realm revelation ritual rose sacred sea secret sephirah sephiroth set seven sky solar soul souls sphere spheres spirit spirits spiritual state states subtle sun supreme symbol symbols talisman temple three tree triad triangle truth union universal universe vibration void wand war water waters white wisdom world worlds yesod yetzirah yoga zodiac


http://www.hollywoodinsiders.net
MWLibCreator Ver.2 By:Michael Wynn